1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (17385 8495))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
31 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
33 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
34 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
38 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
39 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
43 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
44 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
48 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
49 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution.
54 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
55 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
57 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
58 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
59 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
60 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
66 ;;;### (autoloads nil "abbrev" "abbrev.el" (17495 43953))
67 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrev.el
68 (put 'abbrev-mode 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
72 ;;;### (autoloads (list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "abbrevlist.el"
74 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrevlist.el
76 (autoload (quote list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "\
77 Display alphabetical listing of ABBREV-TABLE in buffer OUTPUT-BUFFER.
79 \(fn ABBREV-TABLE OUTPUT-BUFFER)" nil nil)
83 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
85 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
87 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
88 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
89 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
91 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
94 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
96 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
97 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
99 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
102 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
103 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
105 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
106 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
108 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
109 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
111 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
113 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
114 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
116 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
117 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
119 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
120 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
121 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
122 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
123 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
126 Display index-menu of functions and procedures '\\[imenu]'
128 If you use find-file.el:
129 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
130 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
131 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
132 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
133 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
135 If you use ada-xref.el:
136 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
137 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
138 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'.
144 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
145 ;;;;;; (17394 12937))
146 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
148 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
149 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
155 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
157 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
159 (autoload (quote ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "\
160 Open a file anywhere in the source path.
161 Completion is available.
163 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
167 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
168 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
169 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
170 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log"
171 ;;;;;; "add-log.el" (17683 63309))
172 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
174 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
175 *If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
176 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
177 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
179 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" t)
181 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
182 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
183 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
185 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-full-name) "add-log" t)
187 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
188 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
189 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
190 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
191 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
192 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
194 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-mailing-address) "add-log" t)
196 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
197 Prompt for a change log name.
201 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
202 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
204 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
205 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
206 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
207 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
209 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
210 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
211 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
213 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
214 current buffer to the complete file name.
215 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
217 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
219 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
220 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
221 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
222 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
224 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
225 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
227 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
229 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
230 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
231 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
233 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
234 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
237 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
238 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
241 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
242 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
244 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY)" t nil)
246 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
247 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
248 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
249 the change log file in another window.
251 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
252 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
254 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
255 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
256 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
257 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
258 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
259 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
260 \\{change-log-mode-map}
264 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
265 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
267 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
268 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
270 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
271 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
273 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
274 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
276 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
277 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
279 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
280 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
281 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
282 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
283 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
285 Has a preference of looking backwards.
289 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\
290 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
291 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
292 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
295 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
296 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
298 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
300 (autoload (quote change-log-redate) "add-log" "\
301 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format.
307 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
308 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
309 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (17701 26815))
310 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
312 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
313 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
314 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
315 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
316 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
317 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
318 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
319 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
320 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
321 interpreted as `error'.")
323 (custom-autoload (quote ad-redefinition-action) "advice" t)
325 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
326 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
327 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
328 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
329 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
330 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
331 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
332 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
334 (custom-autoload (quote ad-default-compilation-action) "advice" t)
336 (autoload (quote ad-enable-advice) "advice" "\
337 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
339 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
341 (autoload (quote ad-disable-advice) "advice" "\
342 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
344 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
346 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
347 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
348 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
349 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
350 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
351 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
352 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
353 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
354 will be overwritten with the new one.
355 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
356 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
357 will clear the cache.
359 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
361 (autoload (quote ad-activate) "advice" "\
362 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
363 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
364 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
365 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
366 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
367 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
368 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
369 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
370 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
371 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
372 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
373 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
374 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
375 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
376 definition will always be cached for later usage.
378 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
380 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
381 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
382 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
384 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
385 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
388 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
389 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
390 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
391 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
392 see also `ad-add-advice'.
393 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
394 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
395 before/around/after-advices will be used.
396 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
397 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
398 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
399 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
400 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
401 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
403 Semantics of the various flags:
404 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
405 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
406 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
408 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
409 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
411 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
412 advised function should be compiled.
414 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
415 during activation until somebody enables it.
417 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
418 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
419 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
420 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
422 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
423 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
424 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
425 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
426 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
429 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
431 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
435 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
436 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
437 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (17385 8481))
438 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
440 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\
441 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
442 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
443 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
444 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
445 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
446 rule's `separate' attribute).
448 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
449 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
450 `separate' attribute set.
452 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
453 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
454 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
455 on the format of these lists.
457 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
459 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\
460 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
461 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
462 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
463 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
464 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
465 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
466 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
467 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
468 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
471 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
472 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
476 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
479 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
480 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
481 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
483 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
485 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\
486 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
487 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
488 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
489 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
492 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
494 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\
495 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
496 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
497 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
498 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
499 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
500 been used to align that section.
502 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
504 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\
505 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
506 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
507 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
508 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
509 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
512 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
514 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\
515 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
519 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent) "align" "\
520 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
526 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode) "allout" "allout.el"
527 ;;;;;; (17707 53738))
528 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
530 (put (quote allout-show-bodies) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
532 (put (quote allout-header-prefix) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
534 (put (quote allout-primary-bullet) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
536 (put (quote allout-plain-bullets-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
538 (put (quote allout-distinctive-bullets-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
540 (put (quote allout-use-mode-specific-leader) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote (lambda (x) (or (memq x (quote (t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start))) (stringp x)))))
542 (put (quote allout-old-style-prefixes) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
544 (put (quote allout-stylish-prefixes) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
546 (put (quote allout-numbered-bullet) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote string-or-null-p)) (quote string-or-null-p) (quote (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x))))))
548 (put (quote allout-file-xref-bullet) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote string-or-null-p)) (quote string-or-null-p) (quote (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x))))))
550 (put (quote allout-presentation-padding) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote integerp))
552 (put (quote allout-use-hanging-indents) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
554 (put (quote allout-reindent-bodies) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote (lambda (x) (memq x (quote (nil t text force))))))
556 (put (quote allout-layout) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x (quote (: * + -)))))))
558 (put (quote allout-passphrase-verifier-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
560 (put (quote allout-passphrase-hint-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
562 (autoload (quote allout-mode) "allout" "\
563 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
566 Optional arg forces mode to re-initialize iff arg is positive num or
567 symbol. Allout outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
569 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented formatting and
570 manipulation. It enables structural editing of outlines, as well as
571 navigation and exposure. It also is specifically aimed at
572 accommodating syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For
573 an example, see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
576 In addition to outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
578 - topic-oriented repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
579 - integral outline exposure-layout
580 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
581 - automatic topic-number maintenance
582 - easy topic encryption and decryption
583 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and
584 exposure control. (See the allout-mode docstring.)
586 and many other features.
588 Below is a description of the bindings, and then explanation of
589 special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the outline
590 menubar additions for quick reference to many of the features, and see
591 the docstring of the function `allout-init' for instructions on
592 priming your emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
595 The bindings are dictated by the `allout-keybindings-list' and
596 `allout-command-prefix' variables.
598 Navigation: Exposure Control:
599 ---------- ----------------
600 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] allout-next-visible-heading | \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] allout-hide-current-subtree
601 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] allout-previous-visible-heading | \\[allout-show-children] allout-show-children
602 \\[allout-up-current-level] allout-up-current-level | \\[allout-show-current-subtree] allout-show-current-subtree
603 \\[allout-forward-current-level] allout-forward-current-level | \\[allout-show-current-entry] allout-show-current-entry
604 \\[allout-backward-current-level] allout-backward-current-level | \\[allout-show-all] allout-show-all
605 \\[allout-end-of-entry] allout-end-of-entry
606 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] allout-beginning-of-current-entry, alternately, goes to hot-spot
608 Topic Header Production:
609 -----------------------
610 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] allout-open-sibtopic Create a new sibling after current topic.
611 \\[allout-open-subtopic] allout-open-subtopic ... an offspring of current topic.
612 \\[allout-open-supertopic] allout-open-supertopic ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
614 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
615 ---------------------------------
616 \\[allout-shift-in] allout-shift-in Shift current topic and all offspring deeper.
617 \\[allout-shift-out] allout-shift-out ... less deep.
618 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] allout-rebullet-current-heading Prompt for alternate bullet for
620 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] allout-rebullet-topic Reconcile bullets of topic and its offspring
621 - distinctive bullets are not changed, others
622 alternated according to nesting depth.
623 \\[allout-number-siblings] allout-number-siblings Number bullets of topic and siblings - the
624 offspring are not affected. With repeat
625 count, revoke numbering.
627 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
628 ----------------------------------
629 \\[allout-kill-topic] allout-kill-topic Kill current topic, including offspring.
630 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] allout-copy-topic-as-kill Copy current topic, including offspring.
631 \\[allout-kill-line] allout-kill-line kill-line, attending to outline structure.
632 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] allout-copy-line-as-kill Copy line but don't delete it.
633 \\[allout-yank] allout-yank Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
634 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
635 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
636 \\[allout-yank-pop] allout-yank-pop Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
638 Topic-oriented Encryption:
639 -------------------------
640 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
644 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
645 and establish a default file-var setting
647 \\[allout-mark-topic] allout-mark-topic
648 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer
649 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
650 buffer with name derived from derived from that
651 of current buffer - \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
652 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer
653 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
654 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
656 \\[eval-expression] (allout-init t) Setup Emacs session for outline mode
661 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
662 symmetric and key-pair modes, passphrase timeout, passphrase
663 consistency checking, user-provided hinting for symmetric key
664 mode, and auto-encryption of topics pending encryption on save.
665 \(Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
666 encrypted during file saves; if you're editing the contents of
667 such a topic, it is automatically decrypted for continued
668 editing.) The aim is reliable topic privacy while preventing
669 accidents like neglected encryption before saves, forgetting
670 which passphrase was used, and other practical pitfalls.
672 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring and
673 `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable for details.
677 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
678 navigation and exposure control.
680 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
681 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
682 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
683 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
684 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
686 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
687 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
688 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) never get
689 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
690 hot-spot and back to normal operation.
692 Note that the command `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry])
693 will move to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located at the
694 beginning of the current entry, so you usually can hit \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]
695 twice in a row to get to the hot-spot.
699 Topic hierarchy constituents - TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
701 TOPIC: A basic, coherent component of an Emacs outline. It can
702 contain and be contained by other topics.
704 The visible topic most immediately containing the cursor.
705 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of a topic; it increases with
706 containment. Also called the:
707 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
710 The topics that contain a topic.
711 PARENT: A topic's immediate ancestor. It has a depth one less than
714 The topics contained by a topic;
716 An immediate offspring of a topic;
718 The immediate offspring of a topic.
720 Topics having the same parent and depth.
722 Topic text constituents:
724 HEADER: The first line of a topic, include the topic PREFIX and header
726 PREFIX: The leading text of a topic which distinguishes it from normal
727 text. It has a strict form, which consists of a prefix-lead
728 string, padding, and a bullet. The bullet may be followed by a
729 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
730 siblings, a space, and then the header text.
732 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting depth
735 The string at the beginning of a topic prefix, normally a `.'.
736 It can be customized by changing the setting of
737 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
739 By setting the prefix-lead to the comment-string of a
740 programming language, you can embed outline structuring in
741 program code without interfering with the language processing
742 of that code. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
743 docstring for more detail.
745 Spaces or asterisks which separate the prefix-lead and the
746 bullet, determining the depth of the topic.
747 BULLET: A character at the end of the topic prefix, it must be one of
748 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
749 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. (See the documentation
750 for these variables for more details.) The default choice of
751 bullet when generating topics varies in a cycle with the depth of
753 ENTRY: The text contained in a topic before any offspring.
758 The state of a topic which determines the on-screen visibility
759 of its offspring and contained text.
761 Topics and entry text whose display is inhibited. Contiguous
762 units of concealed text is represented by `...' ellipses.
764 Concealed topics are effectively collapsed within an ancestor.
765 CLOSED: A topic whose immediate offspring and body-text is concealed.
766 OPEN: A topic that is not closed, though its offspring or body may be.
768 \(fn &optional TOGGLE)" t nil)
770 (defalias (quote outlinify-sticky) (quote outlineify-sticky))
772 (autoload (quote outlineify-sticky) "allout" "\
773 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
775 See doc-string for `allout-layout' and `allout-init' for details on
776 setup for auto-startup.
778 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
782 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
783 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (17385 8494))
784 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
786 (defalias (quote ange-ftp-re-read-dir) (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir))
788 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
789 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
790 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
791 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
792 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
793 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
795 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
797 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" "\
800 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
804 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
805 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (17385 8495))
806 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
808 (autoload (quote animate-string) "animate" "\
809 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
810 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
811 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
812 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
813 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
814 in the current window.
816 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
818 (autoload (quote animate-sequence) "animate" "\
819 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
820 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
822 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
824 (autoload (quote animate-birthday-present) "animate" "\
825 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
826 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
828 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
832 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
833 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (17385 8481))
834 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
836 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on) "ansi-color" "\
837 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
841 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output) "ansi-color" "\
842 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
844 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
845 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
846 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
847 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
849 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
850 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
852 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
854 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
858 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
859 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (17485 5461))
860 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
862 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules) "antlr-mode" "\
863 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
864 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
865 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
866 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
869 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
870 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
871 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
874 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
875 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
876 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
877 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
881 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
882 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
887 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
888 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
889 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
895 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add
896 ;;;;;; appt-display-diary appt-display-duration appt-display-mode-line
897 ;;;;;; appt-msg-window appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time
898 ;;;;;; appt-issue-message) "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (17686 46252))
899 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
901 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
902 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
903 To be detected, the diary entry must have the format described in the
904 documentation of the function `appt-check'.")
906 (custom-autoload (quote appt-issue-message) "appt" t)
908 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
909 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
911 (custom-autoload (quote appt-message-warning-time) "appt" t)
913 (defvar appt-audible t "\
914 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
916 (custom-autoload (quote appt-audible) "appt" t)
918 (defvar appt-visible t "\
919 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.
920 This variable is only relevant if `appt-msg-window' is nil.")
922 (custom-autoload (quote appt-visible) "appt" t)
924 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
925 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.
926 If non-nil, this variable overrides `appt-visible'.")
928 (custom-autoload (quote appt-msg-window) "appt" t)
930 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
931 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.
932 This is in addition to any other display of appointment messages.")
934 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-mode-line) "appt" t)
936 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
937 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.
938 Only relevant if reminders are to be displayed in their own window.")
940 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-duration) "appt" t)
942 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
943 *Non-nil displays the diary when the appointment list is first initialized.
944 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
946 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-diary) "appt" t)
948 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
949 Add an appointment for today at NEW-APPT-TIME with message NEW-APPT-MSG.
950 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
952 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil)
954 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
955 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
959 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\
960 Update the appointments list from today's diary buffer.
961 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
962 put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of
963 the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and
964 NUMBER hold the arguments that `diary-list-entries' received.
965 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
967 Any appointments made with `appt-add' are not affected by this
970 For backwards compatibility, this function activates the
971 appointment package (if it is not already active).
975 (autoload (quote appt-activate) "appt" "\
976 Toggle checking of appointments.
977 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
978 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
980 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
984 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-documentation-property
985 ;;;;;; apropos-command apropos-variable apropos-read-pattern) "apropos"
986 ;;;;;; "apropos.el" (17712 850))
987 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
989 (autoload (quote apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "\
990 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
991 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
992 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
994 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
995 kind of objects to search.
997 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
999 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
1000 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
1001 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1002 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1003 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1004 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1006 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1009 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1011 (defalias (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
1013 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
1014 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1015 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1016 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1017 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1018 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1020 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1021 noninteractive functions.
1023 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1024 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1026 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1027 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1029 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1031 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation-property) "apropos" "\
1032 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1034 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1036 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
1037 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1038 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1039 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1041 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1042 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1043 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1044 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1046 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1047 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1049 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1051 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1053 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
1054 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1055 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1056 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1057 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1058 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1060 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1061 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
1062 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1064 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1066 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
1067 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1068 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1069 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1070 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1071 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1073 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
1074 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
1076 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1078 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1082 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (17601
1084 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1086 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
1087 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1088 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1089 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1090 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1091 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1093 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1094 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1097 \\{archive-mode-map}
1099 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1103 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (17360 11432))
1104 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1106 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
1107 Major mode for editing arrays.
1109 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1110 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1111 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1113 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1115 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1116 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1117 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1119 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1120 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1121 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1122 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1125 Variables you assign:
1126 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1127 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1128 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1129 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1130 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1131 row numbers in the buffer.
1133 Variables which are calculated:
1134 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1135 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1137 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1138 take a numeric prefix argument):
1140 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1141 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1142 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1143 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1145 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1146 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1147 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1148 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1150 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1151 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1152 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1153 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1155 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1156 between that of point and mark.
1158 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1159 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1161 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1162 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1163 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1164 newlines inside rows)
1166 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1168 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1174 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (17520
1176 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1178 (autoload (quote artist-mode) "artist" "\
1179 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
1180 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
1181 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1183 How to quit artist mode
1185 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1188 How to submit a bug report
1190 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1193 Drawing with the mouse:
1196 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1197 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1201 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1204 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1205 --------------------------------------------------------------
1206 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1208 --------------------------------------------------------------
1209 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1210 --------------------------------------------------------------
1211 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1212 --------------------------------------------------------------
1213 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1214 --------------------------------------------------------------
1215 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1216 --------------------------------------------------------------
1217 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1218 --------------------------------------------------------------
1219 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1220 --------------------------------------------------------------
1221 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1222 --------------------------------------------------------------
1223 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1225 --------------------------------------------------------------
1226 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1227 --------------------------------------------------------------
1228 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1229 --------------------------------------------------------------
1231 --------------------------------------------------------------
1232 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1233 --------------------------------------------------------------
1235 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1238 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1239 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1240 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1241 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1244 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1245 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1246 overwrite means the opposite.
1248 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1249 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1250 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1252 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1254 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1255 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1257 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1258 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1259 are currently drawing something.
1261 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1265 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1266 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1271 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1273 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1275 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1277 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1279 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1280 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1282 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
1287 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1288 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1289 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1290 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1291 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1292 When pasting: Pastes
1294 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1296 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1298 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
1299 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
1300 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
1301 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1302 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1303 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1308 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1309 of the line/poly-line
1311 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1312 of the line/poly-line
1317 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1319 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1320 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1321 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1322 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1323 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1324 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1325 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1326 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1327 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1328 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1329 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1330 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1331 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1332 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1333 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1334 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1335 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1336 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1337 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1338 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1343 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1344 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1346 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1347 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1348 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1349 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1350 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1351 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1352 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1353 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1354 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1355 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1356 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1357 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1358 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1359 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1360 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1361 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1362 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1363 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1364 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1368 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1369 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1376 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1380 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (17495
1382 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1384 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
1385 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1386 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1388 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1389 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1390 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1391 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1393 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1394 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1396 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1397 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1399 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1408 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "obsolete/auto-show.el"
1409 ;;;;;; (17075 55468))
1410 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/auto-show.el
1412 (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\
1415 (custom-autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show")
1417 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\
1418 This command is obsolete.
1424 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1425 ;;;;;; (17385 8482))
1426 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1428 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1429 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1430 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.")
1432 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg")
1434 (put (quote autoarg-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
1436 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\
1437 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1438 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1439 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1440 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1441 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1442 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1443 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1444 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1445 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1448 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1449 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1450 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1451 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1452 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1454 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1456 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1458 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1459 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1460 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1461 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1462 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1464 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg")
1466 (put (quote autoarg-kp-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
1468 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" "\
1469 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1470 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1471 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1472 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1473 &c to supply digit arguments.
1475 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1477 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1481 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1482 ;;;;;; (17394 12937))
1483 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1485 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\
1486 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1492 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1493 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (17704 4325))
1494 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1496 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1497 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1498 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1502 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1503 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1504 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1505 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1507 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1509 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1510 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1511 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1512 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1513 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1514 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1516 (custom-autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" nil)
1518 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
1519 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1520 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1521 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1523 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1524 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1526 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1530 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1531 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1532 ;;;;;; (17601 9092))
1533 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1535 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1536 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1537 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1538 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1539 save the buffer too.
1541 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1543 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil)
1545 (autoload (quote update-directory-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1546 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1547 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) to do its work.
1548 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1549 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1550 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1552 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1553 directory or directories specified.
1555 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1557 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1558 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1559 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1565 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1566 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1567 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (17515 24179))
1568 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1570 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1571 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1573 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1574 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1575 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1576 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1577 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1579 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1581 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1582 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1584 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1585 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1589 (autoload (quote auto-revert-tail-mode) "autorevert" "\
1590 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1591 With arg, turn Tail mode on iff arg is positive.
1593 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1594 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1595 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1596 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1597 reflected in the current buffer.
1599 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1600 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1601 writing before you save the file!
1603 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1605 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1607 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode) "autorevert" "\
1608 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1610 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1611 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1615 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1616 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1617 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1618 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1619 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1621 (custom-autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert")
1623 (put (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
1625 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1626 Revert any buffer when file on disk changes.
1628 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1629 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1630 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1632 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1636 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1637 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (17632 41885))
1638 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1640 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1641 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1642 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1643 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1644 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1646 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" nil)
1648 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
1649 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1650 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1651 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1653 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1654 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1655 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1657 Effects of the different modes:
1658 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1659 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1660 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1661 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1662 a random distance & direction.
1663 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1664 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1665 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1667 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1669 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1670 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1671 definition of \"random distance\".)
1673 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1677 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1678 ;;;;;; (17385 8489))
1679 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1681 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
1682 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1684 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1685 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1689 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1690 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1691 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1692 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1694 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted.
1696 \(fn ARG)" nil (quote macro))
1698 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
1702 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1703 ;;;;;; (17515 24179))
1704 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1705 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1707 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
1708 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1709 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1710 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1714 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1715 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1716 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1717 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1718 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1720 (custom-autoload (quote display-battery-mode) "battery")
1722 (put (quote display-battery-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
1724 (autoload (quote display-battery-mode) "battery" "\
1725 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1726 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1727 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1728 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1731 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1735 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1736 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (17385 8489))
1737 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1739 (autoload (quote benchmark-run) "benchmark" "\
1740 Time execution of FORMS.
1741 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1742 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1744 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1745 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1746 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1748 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1750 (autoload (quote benchmark-run-compiled) "benchmark" "\
1751 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1752 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1753 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1754 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1756 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1758 (autoload (quote benchmark) "benchmark" "\
1759 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1760 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg. For
1761 non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1762 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1764 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1768 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (17531
1770 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1772 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
1773 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1775 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1777 Use commands such as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1778 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1779 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1780 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1782 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1783 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1784 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1785 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1786 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1788 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1789 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1792 Special information:
1794 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1796 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1797 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1798 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1799 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1800 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1801 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1802 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1803 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1804 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1805 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1806 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1808 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1809 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1810 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1811 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1812 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1813 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1814 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1815 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1817 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1819 ----------------------------------------------------------
1820 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1821 if that value is non-nil.
1829 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1830 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el"
1831 ;;;;;; (17385 8492))
1832 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1834 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1836 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "\
1837 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1838 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1840 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1842 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-external) "binhex" "\
1843 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1845 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1847 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region) "binhex" "\
1848 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1850 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1854 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (17385
1856 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1858 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
1860 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1864 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1865 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1866 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1867 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1868 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1873 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1874 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1877 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1880 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1881 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1883 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1884 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1886 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1887 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1888 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1889 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1890 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1891 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1895 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1897 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1898 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1899 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1900 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1902 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1903 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1904 denoted by the letter `R'.
1906 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1907 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1908 denoted by the letter `H'.
1910 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1913 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1914 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1915 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1916 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1917 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1918 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1921 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1922 degree deflection it causes.
1925 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1926 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1927 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1928 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1929 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1930 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1931 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1932 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1935 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1936 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1939 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1940 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1941 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1942 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1943 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1944 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1945 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1946 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1948 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1949 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1950 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1951 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1952 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1953 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1954 emerging from the box.
1956 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1958 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1959 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1960 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1961 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1962 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1963 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1964 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1965 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1967 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1974 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save
1975 ;;;;;; bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename
1976 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump
1977 ;;;;;; bookmark-set) "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (17385 8482))
1978 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1979 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
1980 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
1981 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
1983 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
1984 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1985 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1986 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1987 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1988 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1989 (define-prefix-command 'bookmark-map)
1990 (define-key bookmark-map "x" 'bookmark-set)
1991 (define-key bookmark-map "m" 'bookmark-set) ; "m" for "mark"
1992 (define-key bookmark-map "j" 'bookmark-jump)
1993 (define-key bookmark-map "g" 'bookmark-jump) ; "g" for "go"
1994 (define-key bookmark-map "i" 'bookmark-insert)
1995 (define-key bookmark-map "e" 'edit-bookmarks)
1996 (define-key bookmark-map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) ; "f" for "find"
1997 (define-key bookmark-map "r" 'bookmark-rename)
1998 (define-key bookmark-map "d" 'bookmark-delete)
1999 (define-key bookmark-map "l" 'bookmark-load)
2000 (define-key bookmark-map "w" 'bookmark-write)
2001 (define-key bookmark-map "s" 'bookmark-save)
2003 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
2004 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
2005 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
2006 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
2007 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
2008 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
2009 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
2010 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
2013 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2014 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2015 yank successive words.
2017 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
2018 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
2019 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
2020 name of the file being visited.
2022 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
2023 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2024 the list of bookmarks.)
2026 \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil)
2028 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
2029 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2030 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2031 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2032 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2035 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2036 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2037 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2038 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2040 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2042 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
2043 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
2044 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2045 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2046 after a bookmark was set in it.
2048 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2050 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
2051 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
2052 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2053 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2055 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2057 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
2059 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
2060 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
2061 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
2062 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
2064 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
2065 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
2066 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
2068 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2069 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2072 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil)
2074 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
2075 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
2076 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2077 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2078 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2081 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2083 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
2084 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
2085 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2086 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2087 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2088 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2089 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2090 probably because we were called from there.
2092 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2094 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
2095 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2096 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2100 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
2101 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2102 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2103 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2106 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2107 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2108 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2109 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2110 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2112 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2113 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2114 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2115 `bookmark-default-file'.
2117 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2119 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
2120 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2121 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2122 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2123 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2126 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2127 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2128 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2129 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2130 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2133 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2134 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2135 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2136 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2138 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2140 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
2141 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2142 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2143 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2144 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2148 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
2150 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
2152 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load))) (define-key map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write))) (define-key map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save))) (define-key map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list))) (define-key map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark..." . bookmark-delete))) (define-key map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark..." . bookmark-rename))) (define-key map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location..." . bookmark-locate))) (define-key map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents..." . bookmark-insert))) (define-key map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark..." . bookmark-set))) (define-key map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark..." . bookmark-jump))) map))
2154 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2158 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail
2159 ;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm
2160 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic
2161 ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
2162 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
2163 ;;;;;; browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
2164 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
2165 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-url-at-point
2166 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon-program browse-url-firefox-program browse-url-browser-function)
2167 ;;;;;; "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (17520 49736))
2168 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2170 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos cygwin))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser)) ((memq system-type (quote (darwin))) (quote browse-url-default-macosx-browser)) (t (quote browse-url-default-browser))) "\
2171 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2172 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2173 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2175 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2176 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2177 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2178 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2179 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2181 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url")
2183 (defvar browse-url-firefox-program "firefox" "\
2184 *The name by which to invoke Firefox.")
2186 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-firefox-program) "browse-url")
2188 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
2189 *The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
2191 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-galeon-program) "browse-url")
2193 (autoload (quote browse-url-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2198 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
2199 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2200 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2201 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2202 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2203 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2205 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2207 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
2208 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2209 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2210 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2213 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2215 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
2216 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2220 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
2221 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2223 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2225 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
2226 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2227 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2228 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2230 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2232 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2233 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2234 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2235 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2237 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2239 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
2240 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2241 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2242 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2243 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2248 (autoload (quote browse-url-default-browser) "browse-url" "\
2249 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
2250 Default to the URL around or before point.
2252 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2253 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2254 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2255 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2257 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2258 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2260 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Firefox,
2261 Galeon, Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, IXI Mosaic, Lynx in an
2262 xterm, MMM, and then W3.
2264 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2266 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
2267 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2268 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2269 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2271 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2272 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2273 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2274 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2276 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2277 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2278 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2280 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2281 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2283 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2285 (autoload (quote browse-url-mozilla) "browse-url" "\
2286 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2287 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2288 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2290 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2291 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2292 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2293 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2295 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2296 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2297 new tab in an existing window instead.
2299 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2300 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2302 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2304 (autoload (quote browse-url-firefox) "browse-url" "\
2305 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2306 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2307 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2310 When called interactively, if variable
2311 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2312 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2313 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2314 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2316 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2317 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2318 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2320 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2321 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2323 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2324 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2325 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2326 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2327 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2328 URL in a new window.
2330 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2332 (autoload (quote browse-url-galeon) "browse-url" "\
2333 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2334 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2335 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2337 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2338 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2339 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2340 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2342 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2343 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2344 new tab in an existing window instead.
2346 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2347 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2349 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2351 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
2352 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2353 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2354 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2356 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2357 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2358 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2359 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2361 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2362 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2364 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2366 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
2367 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2369 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2370 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2371 program is invoked according to the variable
2372 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2374 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2375 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2376 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2377 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2379 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2380 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2382 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2384 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
2385 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
2386 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
2387 variable `browse-url-grail'.
2389 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2391 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
2392 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2393 Default to the URL around or before point.
2395 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2396 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2397 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2399 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2400 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2401 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2402 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2404 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2405 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2407 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2409 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
2410 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2411 Default to the URL around or before point.
2413 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2415 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
2416 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2417 Default to the URL around or before point.
2419 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2420 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2421 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2423 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2424 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2426 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2428 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
2429 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2430 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2431 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2433 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2435 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
2436 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2437 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
2438 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2439 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2441 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2443 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
2444 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2445 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
2446 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
2448 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2449 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
2450 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2451 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2453 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2454 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2456 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2458 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
2459 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
2460 Default to the URL around or before point.
2462 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2464 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
2465 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2466 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2467 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2468 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2471 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2472 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2473 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2474 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2476 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2477 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2479 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2481 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
2482 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2483 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2484 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2485 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2486 don't offer a form of remote control.
2488 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2490 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\
2491 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2492 Default to the URL around or before point.
2494 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2498 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (17385
2500 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2502 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
2503 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2507 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
2508 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2514 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2515 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (17395 27411))
2516 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2518 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
2519 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2520 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2521 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2525 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
2526 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2527 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2528 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2532 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
2533 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2537 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
2538 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2540 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2541 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
2542 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2543 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2545 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2546 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2547 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2548 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2549 name of buffer configuration.
2555 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
2556 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (17385
2558 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
2560 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "
" (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\
2561 Keymap used by buttons.")
2563 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map "
\e " (quote backward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\
2564 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
2565 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
2567 (autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\
2568 Define a `button type' called NAME.
2569 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2570 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
2571 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
2572 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
2574 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
2575 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
2576 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
2577 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes).
2579 \(fn NAME &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2581 (autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\
2582 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2583 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2584 specifying properties to add to the button.
2585 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2586 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2587 `define-button-type'.
2589 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'.
2591 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2593 (autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\
2594 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2595 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2596 specifying properties to add to the button.
2597 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2598 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2599 `define-button-type'.
2601 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'.
2603 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2605 (autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\
2606 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2607 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2608 specifying properties to add to the button.
2609 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2610 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2611 `define-button-type'.
2613 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2614 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2615 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2618 Also see `insert-text-button'.
2620 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2622 (autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\
2623 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2624 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2625 specifying properties to add to the button.
2626 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2627 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2628 `define-button-type'.
2630 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2631 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2632 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2633 `insert-text-button'.
2635 Also see `make-text-button'.
2637 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2641 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2642 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2643 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2644 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp"
2645 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (17582 40396))
2646 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2647 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2648 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2650 (autoload (quote byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp" "\
2655 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
2656 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2657 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2659 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2661 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2662 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2663 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2664 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2666 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2667 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However,
2668 if ARG (the prefix argument) is 0, that means do compile all those files.
2669 A nonzero ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file,
2670 whether to compile it.
2672 A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory before scanning it.
2674 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2675 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file.
2677 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2678 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2680 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
2681 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2682 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
2683 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2684 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2686 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2688 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
2689 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2690 Print the result in the echo area.
2691 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2693 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2695 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2696 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2697 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2699 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2701 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
2702 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2703 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2704 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2705 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2706 all functions called by those functions.
2708 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2709 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2712 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2713 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2714 invoked interactively.
2716 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2718 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile-if-not-done) "bytecomp" "\
2719 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2720 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2721 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2725 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2726 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2727 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2728 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2729 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2730 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2731 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2734 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2736 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2737 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2738 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2739 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2741 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2742 `batch-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2743 and corresponding effects.
2745 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2749 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (17386 33146))
2750 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2752 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2754 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2758 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2759 ;;;;;; (17386 33146))
2760 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2762 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
2763 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2764 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2765 from the cursor position.
2767 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2771 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2772 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2773 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch calc-settings-file) "calc" "calc/calc.el"
2774 ;;;;;; (17671 12179))
2775 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2777 (defvar calc-settings-file (convert-standard-filename "~/.calc.el") "\
2778 *File in which to record permanent settings.")
2780 (custom-autoload (quote calc-settings-file) "calc" t)
2781 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2783 (autoload (quote calc-dispatch) "calc" "\
2784 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2786 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2788 (autoload (quote calc) "calc" "\
2789 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2791 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2793 (autoload (quote full-calc) "calc" "\
2794 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2796 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2798 (autoload (quote quick-calc) "calc" "\
2799 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2803 (autoload (quote calc-eval) "calc" "\
2804 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2805 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2806 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2808 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2810 (autoload (quote calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2811 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2812 This is most useful in the X window system.
2813 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2814 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2816 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2818 (autoload (quote full-calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2819 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2820 See calc-keypad for details.
2822 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2824 (autoload (quote calc-grab-region) "calc" "\
2825 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2827 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2829 (autoload (quote calc-grab-rectangle) "calc" "\
2830 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2832 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2834 (autoload (quote calc-embedded) "calc" "\
2835 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2837 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2839 (autoload (quote calc-embedded-activate) "calc" "\
2840 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2841 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2843 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2845 (autoload (quote defmath) "calc" "\
2848 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2852 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (17385
2854 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2856 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
2857 Run the Emacs calculator.
2858 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2864 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-week-start-day calendar calendar-setup
2865 ;;;;;; solar-holidays bahai-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2866 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2867 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2868 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2869 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2870 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2871 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2872 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2873 ;;;;;; bahai-diary-entry-symbol islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol
2874 ;;;;;; diary-nonmarking-symbol diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2875 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2876 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-bahai-calendar-holidays all-islamic-calendar-holidays
2877 ;;;;;; all-christian-calendar-holidays all-hebrew-calendar-holidays
2878 ;;;;;; mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2879 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2880 ;;;;;; view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset) "calendar"
2881 ;;;;;; "calendar/calendar.el" (17694 34727))
2882 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2884 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2885 The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2886 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2887 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2890 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-offset) "calendar" t)
2892 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2893 Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry to calendar.
2894 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2895 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2896 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This variable can
2897 be overridden by the value of `calendar-setup'.")
2899 (custom-autoload (quote view-diary-entries-initially) "calendar" t)
2901 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2902 Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2903 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2905 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-in-calendar) "calendar" t)
2907 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2908 Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2909 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2911 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting) "calendar" t)
2913 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2914 Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2915 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2918 (custom-autoload (quote view-calendar-holidays-initially) "calendar" t)
2920 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2921 Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2922 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2924 (custom-autoload (quote mark-holidays-in-calendar) "calendar" t)
2926 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2927 If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2928 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2930 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2932 (custom-autoload (quote all-hebrew-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2934 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2935 If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2936 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2938 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2941 (custom-autoload (quote all-christian-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2943 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2944 If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2945 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2947 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2950 (custom-autoload (quote all-islamic-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2952 (defvar all-bahai-calendar-holidays nil "\
2953 If nil, show only major holidays from the Baha'i calendar.
2954 These are the days on which work and school must be suspended.
2956 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Baha'i
2959 (custom-autoload (quote all-bahai-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2961 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
2962 List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
2963 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
2965 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-load-hook) "calendar" t)
2967 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
2968 List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
2969 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
2970 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
2971 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
2973 (custom-autoload (quote initial-calendar-window-hook) "calendar" t)
2975 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
2976 List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
2977 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
2978 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
2979 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
2980 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
2981 a function is also provided for this:
2982 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
2984 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2985 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2986 date is not visible in the window.
2988 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2989 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2990 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2992 (custom-autoload (quote today-visible-calendar-hook) "calendar" t)
2994 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
2995 List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
2997 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2998 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2999 date is visible in the window.
3001 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
3002 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
3003 functions that move by days and weeks.")
3005 (custom-autoload (quote today-invisible-calendar-hook) "calendar" t)
3007 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
3008 List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
3012 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (diary-view-entries 1)))
3014 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
3016 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-move-hook) "calendar" t)
3018 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
3019 Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
3021 The file's entries are lines beginning with any of the forms
3022 specified by the variable `american-date-diary-pattern', by default:
3030 with the remainder of the line being the diary entry string for
3031 that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is a
3032 number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two
3033 digits (if `abbreviated-calendar-year' is non-nil). MONTHNAME
3034 and DAYNAME can be spelled in full (as specified by the variables
3035 `calendar-month-name-array' and `calendar-day-name-array'),
3036 abbreviated (as specified by `calendar-month-abbrev-array' and
3037 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period,
3038 capitalized or not. Any of DAY, MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be
3039 `*' which matches any day, month, or year, respectively. If the
3040 date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any
3041 year. A DAYNAME entry applies to the appropriate day of the week
3044 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be
3045 used instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the
3046 calendar, or set `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs
3047 file. The European forms (see `european-date-diary-pattern') are
3055 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
3056 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
3058 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
3059 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
3060 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
3061 window but will appear in a diary window.
3063 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
3064 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
3066 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
3067 entries (in the default American style):
3069 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
3070 &1/1. Happy New Year!
3071 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
3073 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
3074 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
3075 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
3076 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
3077 mar 16 Dad's birthday
3078 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
3079 &* 15 time cards due.
3081 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
3082 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
3083 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
3087 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
3088 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
3089 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
3090 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
3091 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
3092 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
3094 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
3095 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
3096 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
3098 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
3100 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
3102 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through
3103 November 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float',
3104 `diary-anniversary', `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year',
3105 `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date', `diary-hebrew-date',
3106 `diary-islamic-date', `diary-bahai-date', `diary-mayan-date',
3107 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
3108 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
3109 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer',
3110 `diary-rosh-hodesh', and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the
3111 documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more
3114 Diary entries based on the Hebrew, the Islamic and/or the Baha'i
3115 calendar are also possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they
3116 are ignored unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and
3117 the `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the
3118 documentation for these functions for details.
3120 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
3121 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3123 (custom-autoload (quote diary-file) "calendar" t)
3125 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
3126 Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
3128 (custom-autoload (quote diary-nonmarking-symbol) "calendar" t)
3130 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
3131 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
3133 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3135 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
3136 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
3138 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3140 (defvar bahai-diary-entry-symbol "B" "\
3141 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Baha'i calendar.")
3143 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3145 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
3146 The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
3147 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
3149 (custom-autoload (quote diary-include-string) "calendar" t)
3151 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
3152 The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
3153 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
3155 (custom-autoload (quote sexp-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3157 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
3158 Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
3159 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew, Islamic and
3160 Baha'i calendars. If this variable is nil, years must be written in
3163 (custom-autoload (quote abbreviated-calendar-year) "calendar" t)
3165 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
3166 Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
3167 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
3168 1990. The default European date styles (see `european-date-diary-pattern')
3177 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full (as specified by the
3178 variable `calendar-day-name-array'), or abbreviated (as specified by
3179 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period.
3181 Setting this variable directly does not take effect (if the
3182 calendar package is already loaded). Rather, use either
3183 \\[customize] or the functions `european-calendar' and
3184 `american-calendar'.")
3186 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-style) "calendar" nil)
3188 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3189 List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
3190 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3192 (custom-autoload (quote american-date-diary-pattern) "calendar" t)
3194 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3195 List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
3196 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3198 (custom-autoload (quote european-date-diary-pattern) "calendar" t)
3200 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
3201 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
3202 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3204 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-display-form) "calendar" t)
3206 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
3207 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
3208 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3210 (custom-autoload (quote american-calendar-display-form) "calendar" t)
3212 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
3213 List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
3214 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
3215 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
3216 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
3217 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
3219 (custom-autoload (quote print-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3221 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3222 List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
3223 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
3225 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
3226 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
3227 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3230 #include \"filename\"
3232 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3233 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
3234 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
3235 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3236 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
3238 For example, you could use
3240 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
3241 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
3242 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
3244 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
3245 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
3246 lexicographic order.")
3248 (custom-autoload (quote list-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3250 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
3251 List of functions called after the display of the diary.
3252 Can be used for appointment notification.")
3254 (custom-autoload (quote diary-hook) "calendar" t)
3256 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
3257 List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
3258 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
3261 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
3262 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
3263 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
3264 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
3265 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
3266 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
3267 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
3269 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
3270 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
3271 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
3272 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
3273 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
3274 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
3275 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
3276 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
3278 (custom-autoload (quote diary-display-hook) "calendar" t)
3280 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
3281 List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
3282 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3283 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3284 `list-hebrew-diary-entries', `list-islamic-diary-entries' and
3285 `list-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3286 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3288 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-listing-hook) "calendar" t)
3290 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3291 List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
3293 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
3294 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
3295 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3297 #include \"filename\"
3298 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3299 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
3300 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
3301 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3302 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3304 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3306 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
3307 List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
3308 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3309 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3310 `mark-hebrew-diary-entries', `mark-islamic-diary-entries' and
3311 `mark-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3312 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3314 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-marking-hook) "calendar" t)
3316 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
3317 If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
3318 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
3321 (custom-autoload (quote diary-list-include-blanks) "calendar" t)
3323 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
3324 Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
3325 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
3326 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
3327 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
3329 (custom-autoload (quote holidays-in-diary-buffer) "calendar" t)
3331 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3333 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
3334 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
3335 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3337 (custom-autoload (quote general-holidays) "calendar" t)
3339 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3341 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
3343 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3345 (custom-autoload (quote oriental-holidays) "calendar" t)
3347 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3349 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
3351 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3353 (custom-autoload (quote local-holidays) "calendar" t)
3355 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3357 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
3358 User defined holidays.
3359 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3361 (custom-autoload (quote other-holidays) "calendar" t)
3363 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3365 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
3367 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3369 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
3371 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3373 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
3375 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3377 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
3379 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3381 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
3383 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3385 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-holidays) "calendar" t)
3387 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3389 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc 0 "Easter Sunday") (holiday-easter-etc -2 "Good Friday") (holiday-easter-etc -46 "Ash Wednesday") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -63 "Septuagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -56 "Sexagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -49 "Shrove Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -48 "Shrove Monday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -47 "Shrove Tuesday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -14 "Passion Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -7 "Palm Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -3 "Maundy Thursday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 35 "Rogation Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 39 "Ascension Day")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 49 "Pentecost (Whitsunday)")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 50 "Whitmonday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 56 "Trinity Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 60 "Corpus Christi")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent 0 "Advent")) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
3391 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3393 (custom-autoload (quote christian-holidays) "calendar" t)
3395 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3397 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
3399 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3401 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-holidays) "calendar" t)
3403 (put (quote bahai-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3405 (defvar bahai-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 3 21 (format "Baha'i New Year (Naw-Ruz) %d" (- displayed-year (1- 1844)))) (holiday-fixed 4 21 "First Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 22 "Second Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 23 "Third Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 24 "Fourth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 25 "Fifth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 26 "Sixth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 27 "Seventh Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 28 "Eighth Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 4 29 "Ninth Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 30 "Tenth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 5 1 "Eleventh Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 5 2 "Twelfth Day of Ridvan") (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha")))) "\
3407 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3409 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-holidays) "calendar" t)
3411 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3413 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
3414 Sun-related holidays.
3415 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3417 (custom-autoload (quote solar-holidays) "calendar" t)
3419 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3421 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
3422 The frame setup of the calendar.
3423 The choices are: `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
3424 dedicated frame); `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
3425 frames); `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
3426 any other value the current frame is used. Using any of the first
3427 three options overrides the value of `view-diary-entries-initially'.")
3429 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-setup) "calendar" t)
3431 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
3432 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
3433 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
3435 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.
3436 See the documentation of that function for more information.
3438 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3440 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
3441 The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
3442 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.
3444 If you change this variable directly (without using customize)
3445 after starting `calendar', you should call `redraw-calendar' to
3446 update the calendar display to reflect the change, otherwise
3447 movement commands will not work correctly.")
3449 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" nil)
3453 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
3454 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (17385 8492))
3455 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3457 (autoload (quote canlock-insert-header) "canlock" "\
3458 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3460 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3462 (autoload (quote canlock-verify) "canlock" "\
3463 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3464 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3467 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3471 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (17515
3473 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3474 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3478 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
3479 ;;;;;; (17408 40148))
3480 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3482 (autoload (quote c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "\
3483 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3489 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
3490 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3491 ;;;;;; (17601 9092))
3492 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3494 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3495 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3496 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3497 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3498 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3499 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3500 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3502 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3504 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3505 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3506 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3507 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3508 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3509 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3510 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3511 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3513 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3514 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3515 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3516 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3517 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3518 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3520 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3522 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3523 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3530 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3531 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3533 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3534 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3535 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3536 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3537 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3538 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3541 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3543 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3544 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3551 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3552 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3553 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3555 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3556 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3557 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3558 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3559 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3560 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3563 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3565 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3566 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3573 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3574 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3575 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3577 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3578 Major mode for editing Java code.
3579 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3580 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3581 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3582 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3585 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3587 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3588 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3595 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3596 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3597 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3599 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3600 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3601 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3602 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3603 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3604 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3607 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3609 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3610 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3617 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3618 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3619 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3620 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3622 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3623 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3624 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3625 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3626 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3627 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3630 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3632 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3633 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3639 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3640 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3641 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3642 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3643 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3644 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3648 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3649 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (17520 49736))
3650 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3652 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
3653 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3654 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3655 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3657 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3659 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3660 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3663 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3664 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3665 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3666 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3669 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3670 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3671 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3672 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3675 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3677 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
3678 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3679 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3680 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3682 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3684 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3685 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3686 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3688 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3690 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
3691 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3692 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3693 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3694 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3696 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3700 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-subword" "progmodes/cc-subword.el" (17515
3702 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-subword.el
3703 (autoload 'c-subword-mode "cc-subword" "Mode enabling subword movement and editing keys." t)
3707 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (17520 49736))
3708 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3709 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3710 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3711 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3715 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3716 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3717 ;;;;;; (17102 18708))
3718 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3720 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
3721 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3723 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3725 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
3726 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3728 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3730 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3731 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3733 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3734 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3735 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3736 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3739 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3741 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3743 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3744 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3746 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3747 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3751 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3752 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3753 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3754 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3755 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3758 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3759 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3760 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3761 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3763 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3764 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3767 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3769 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3771 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3774 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3775 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3777 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3778 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3779 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3782 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3784 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3785 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3786 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3788 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3790 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3792 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3793 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3795 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3799 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3801 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3803 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3804 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3807 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3808 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3811 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3813 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3814 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3815 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3816 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3817 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3818 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3819 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3820 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3821 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3822 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3823 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3824 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3825 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3826 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3827 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3828 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3831 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3832 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3834 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3835 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3837 | (write EXPRESSION)
3838 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3839 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3842 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3845 ;; Same as: (write string)
3847 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3848 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3849 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3852 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3853 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3854 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3855 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3856 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3857 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3859 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3860 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3862 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3865 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3866 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3867 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3869 ARG := REG | integer
3872 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3875 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3878 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3881 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3882 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3885 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3886 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3887 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3890 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3891 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3892 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3895 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3896 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3898 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3899 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3900 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3903 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3904 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3907 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3908 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3910 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3913 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3917 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3918 ;; Same meaning as C code
3919 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3921 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3926 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3927 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3930 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3931 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3935 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3939 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3940 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3941 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3943 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3944 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3945 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3947 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3948 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3949 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3950 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3951 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3954 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3956 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3957 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3958 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3959 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3960 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3961 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3963 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3965 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
3966 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3967 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3969 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3971 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3975 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
3976 ;;;;;; (17669 23128))
3977 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3979 (autoload (quote cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "\
3980 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
3981 There are no special keybindings by default.
3983 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3984 to the action header.
3990 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3991 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3992 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3993 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3994 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3995 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3996 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3997 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
3998 ;;;;;; (17651 6799))
3999 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
4001 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
4002 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
4003 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
4004 the users will view as each check is completed.
4008 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4009 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
4010 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4011 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4012 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4013 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4014 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4015 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4017 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4019 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4020 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
4021 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4022 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4023 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4024 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4025 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4026 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4028 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4030 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4031 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
4032 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
4033 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
4034 spacing are all verified.
4038 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4039 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
4040 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
4041 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
4042 otherwise stop after the first error.
4044 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4046 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
4047 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
4048 Only documentation strings are checked.
4049 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
4050 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
4053 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4055 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
4056 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
4057 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
4058 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
4059 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
4061 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4063 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\
4064 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
4065 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4066 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4069 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4071 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
4072 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
4073 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4074 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4076 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
4078 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
4080 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
4081 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
4082 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
4084 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4086 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4087 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
4088 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
4089 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
4090 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
4094 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4095 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
4096 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
4097 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
4098 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
4099 space at the end of each line.
4101 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
4103 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
4104 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
4105 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
4106 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
4108 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4110 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4111 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4112 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
4113 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
4115 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4117 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4118 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
4119 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4120 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
4122 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4124 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4125 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4126 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4127 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
4129 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4131 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
4132 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4133 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
4134 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
4136 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4138 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
4139 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4140 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
4141 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
4143 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4145 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
4146 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
4147 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
4148 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
4150 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4152 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
4153 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
4154 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
4155 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
4157 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4159 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4160 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
4161 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
4162 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
4164 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4166 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
4167 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
4168 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
4170 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
4171 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
4172 checking of documentation strings.
4174 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
4176 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4180 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
4181 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (17246
4183 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4185 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4186 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4187 Return the length of resulting text.
4189 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4191 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4192 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4196 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4197 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4198 Return the length of resulting text.
4200 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4202 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4203 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4209 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
4210 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (17385 8482))
4211 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4213 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
4214 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4215 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4216 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4217 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4218 editing and the result is evaluated.
4220 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4222 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
4223 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4224 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4225 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4226 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4228 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4232 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
4233 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4234 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4235 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4236 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4238 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4239 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4240 \\{command-history-map}
4242 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4243 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4249 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (17698 30385))
4250 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
4252 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
4253 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4254 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4255 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4256 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4257 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4259 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4260 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4264 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
4265 ;;;;;; (17729 22475))
4266 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4268 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "\
4271 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4275 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
4276 ;;;;;; (17394 12937))
4277 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4279 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
4280 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4281 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4282 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4284 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4285 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4286 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4287 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4289 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4290 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4292 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4296 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (17385
4298 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4300 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
4301 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4302 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4303 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4304 of `scheme-program-name').
4305 If a file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' exists, it is given as initial input.
4306 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4307 discards input when it starts up.
4308 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4310 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4313 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
4317 ;;;### (autoloads (cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "international/code-pages.el"
4318 ;;;;;; (17699 53313))
4319 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/code-pages.el
4321 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "\
4322 Make coding system NAME for and 8-bit, extended-ASCII character set.
4323 V is a 128-long vector of characters to translate the upper half of
4324 the character set. DOC-STRING and MNEMONIC are used as the
4325 corresponding args of `make-coding-system'. If MNEMONIC isn't given,
4327 Return an updated `non-iso-charset-alist'.
4329 \(fn NAME V &optional DOC-STRING MNEMONIC)" nil (quote macro))
4330 (autoload-coding-system 'cp437 '(require 'code-pages))
4331 (autoload-coding-system 'cp737 '(require 'code-pages))
4332 (autoload-coding-system 'cp775 '(require 'code-pages))
4333 (autoload-coding-system 'cp850 '(require 'code-pages))
4334 (autoload-coding-system 'cp851 '(require 'code-pages))
4335 (autoload-coding-system 'cp852 '(require 'code-pages))
4336 (autoload-coding-system 'cp855 '(require 'code-pages))
4337 (autoload-coding-system 'cp857 '(require 'code-pages))
4338 (autoload-coding-system 'cp858 '(require 'code-pages))
4339 (autoload-coding-system 'cp860 '(require 'code-pages))
4340 (autoload-coding-system 'cp861 '(require 'code-pages))
4341 (autoload-coding-system 'cp862 '(require 'code-pages))
4342 (autoload-coding-system 'cp863 '(require 'code-pages))
4343 (autoload-coding-system 'cp864 '(require 'code-pages))
4344 (autoload-coding-system 'cp865 '(require 'code-pages))
4345 (autoload-coding-system 'cp866 '(require 'code-pages))
4346 (autoload-coding-system 'cp869 '(require 'code-pages))
4347 (autoload-coding-system 'cp874 '(require 'code-pages))
4348 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1250 '(require 'code-pages))
4349 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1250 '(require 'code-pages))
4350 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1253 '(require 'code-pages))
4351 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1253 '(require 'code-pages))
4352 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1254 '(require 'code-pages))
4353 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1254 '(require 'code-pages))
4354 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1255 '(require 'code-pages))
4355 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1255 '(require 'code-pages))
4356 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1256 '(require 'code-pages))
4357 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1256 '(require 'code-pages))
4358 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1257 '(require 'code-pages))
4359 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1257 '(require 'code-pages))
4360 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1258 '(require 'code-pages))
4361 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1258 '(require 'code-pages))
4362 (autoload-coding-system 'next '(require 'code-pages))
4363 (autoload-coding-system 'koi8-t '(require 'code-pages))
4364 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-16 '(require 'code-pages))
4365 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-6 '(require 'code-pages))
4366 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-10 '(require 'code-pages))
4367 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-13 '(require 'code-pages))
4368 (autoload-coding-system 'georgian-ps '(require 'code-pages))
4369 (autoload-coding-system 'cp720 '(require 'code-pages))
4370 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1125 '(require 'code-pages))
4371 (autoload-coding-system 'mik '(require 'code-pages))
4372 (autoload-coding-system 'pt154 '(require 'code-pages))
4373 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-11 '(require 'code-pages))
4377 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
4378 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
4379 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (17669 23128))
4380 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
4382 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4383 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
4384 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
4387 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
4388 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
4389 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
4390 decoder and encoder created by this function.
4392 \(fn CODEPAGE ISO-NAME OFFSET)" nil nil)
4394 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4395 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
4396 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4398 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4400 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4401 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
4402 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4404 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4406 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4407 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
4408 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4410 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4412 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
4413 Return an alist of supported codepages.
4415 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
4416 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
4417 for the character set supported by that codepage.
4419 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
4420 is a vector, and has a charset property.
4424 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
4425 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
4427 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
4428 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
4429 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal.
4431 \(fn CODEPAGE)" t nil)
4435 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4436 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4437 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4438 ;;;;;; (17692 12587))
4439 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4441 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions (quote (comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt)) "\
4442 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4443 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4444 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4445 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4446 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4447 functions have already modified the buffer.
4449 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4451 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4452 either globally or locally.")
4454 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields) (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp) "22.1")
4456 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
4457 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4458 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4459 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4460 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4461 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4462 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
4463 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
4465 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4467 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4469 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
4470 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4471 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4472 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4473 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4474 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4475 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4476 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of the process to.
4478 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4480 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4482 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
4483 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4484 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4485 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4486 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4487 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4489 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4491 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix "" "\
4492 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4493 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4494 directory tracking functions.")
4496 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
4497 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4498 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4500 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4502 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4504 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
4505 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4506 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4508 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4510 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4512 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
4513 Send COMMAND to current process.
4514 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4515 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4517 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4519 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
4520 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4521 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4522 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4524 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4528 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (17636
4530 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4532 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
4533 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4534 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4535 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4537 This command pushes the mark in each window
4538 at the prior location of point in that window.
4539 If both windows display the same buffer,
4540 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4541 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4543 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4544 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4545 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4546 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4547 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4548 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4549 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4552 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4553 this command work in interlaced mode:
4554 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4555 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4556 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4558 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4562 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4563 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4564 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4565 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
4566 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (17686 65476))
4567 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4569 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4570 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4572 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-mode-hook) "compile" t)
4574 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4575 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4577 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-window-height) "compile" t)
4579 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4580 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4581 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4582 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4583 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
4584 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
4585 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
4587 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4588 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4589 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4590 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4591 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4593 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4594 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4595 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4596 describing how the process finished.")
4598 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4599 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4600 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4601 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4603 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4604 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4605 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4607 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-ask-about-save) "compile" t)
4609 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
4610 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4611 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4612 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4614 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-search-path) "compile" t)
4616 (defvar compile-command "make -k " "\
4617 *Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4619 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4620 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4622 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4624 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4625 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4626 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4627 (concat \"make -k \"
4628 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4630 (custom-autoload (quote compile-command) "compile" t)
4631 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4633 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4634 *If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4635 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4636 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4638 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-disable-input) "compile" t)
4640 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
4641 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4642 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4643 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4645 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4646 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4648 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4649 and move to the source code that caused it.
4651 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4652 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4653 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4654 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4656 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename
4657 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4658 \\[rename-buffer]. Then start the next one. On most systems,
4659 termination of the main compilation process kills its
4662 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4663 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4664 to a function that generates a unique name.
4666 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4668 (autoload (quote compilation-start) "compile" "\
4669 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4670 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4671 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4673 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4674 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4675 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4676 to determine the buffer name.
4678 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4679 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4680 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4682 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4684 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4686 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
4687 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4688 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4689 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4690 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4692 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4694 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4696 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4698 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4699 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4700 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4701 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4702 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4703 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4704 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4706 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4708 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4709 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4710 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4711 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4712 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4713 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4715 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4717 (autoload (quote compilation-next-error-function) "compile" "\
4718 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4719 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4721 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4723 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.gcov\\'" . compilation-mode)))
4727 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4728 ;;;;;; (17624 52650))
4729 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4731 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4732 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4733 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4734 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4735 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4736 or call the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4738 (custom-autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" nil)
4740 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
4741 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4742 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4744 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4745 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4746 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4747 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4749 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4750 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4751 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4752 other file in that directory begins with that sequence of characters.
4754 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4755 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4756 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4757 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4759 Partial Completion mode extends the meaning of `completion-auto-help' (which
4760 see), so that if it is neither nil nor t, Emacs shows the `*Completions*'
4761 buffer only on the second attempt to complete. That is, if TAB finds nothing
4762 to complete, the first TAB just says \"Next char not unique\" and the
4763 second TAB brings up the `*Completions*' buffer.
4765 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4769 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4770 ;;;;;; (17704 4325))
4771 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4773 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4774 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4775 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4776 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4777 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4778 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4780 (custom-autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" nil)
4782 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
4783 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4785 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4789 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
4790 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
4791 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region encode-composition-rule)
4792 ;;;;;; "composite" "composite.el" (17321 50876))
4793 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4795 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
4796 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
4797 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
4798 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
4801 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
4803 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
4804 | | 1:tc or top-center
4805 | | 2:tr or top-right
4806 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
4807 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
4808 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
4809 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
4810 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
4811 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
4813 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
4814 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
4815 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
4816 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
4819 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
4820 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as
4821 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
4823 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
4827 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
4831 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
4834 (autoload (quote encode-composition-rule) "composite" "\
4835 Encode composition rule RULE into an integer value.
4836 RULE is a cons of global and new reference point symbols
4837 \(see `reference-point-alist').
4839 \(fn RULE)" nil nil)
4841 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
4842 Compose characters in the current region.
4844 Characters are composed relatively, i.e. composed by overstricking or
4845 stacking depending on ascent, descent and other properties.
4847 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
4849 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
4850 specifying the region.
4852 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4853 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. In this case,
4854 characters are composed not relatively but according to COMPONENTS.
4856 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
4857 of the text in the region.
4859 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
4861 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
4862 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
4863 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
4864 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
4866 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
4867 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
4870 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4871 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4872 text in the composition.
4874 \(fn START END &optional COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" t nil)
4876 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
4877 Decompose text in the current region.
4879 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4880 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
4882 \(fn START END)" t nil)
4884 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
4885 Compose characters in string STRING.
4887 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
4888 the characters in it.
4890 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
4891 STRING to be composed. They default to the beginning and the end of
4892 STRING respectively.
4894 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4895 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
4896 `compose-region' for more detail.
4898 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4899 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4900 text in the composition.
4902 \(fn STRING &optional START END COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" nil nil)
4904 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
4905 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed.
4907 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
4909 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
4910 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
4911 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
4912 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
4913 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
4914 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
4915 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
4916 `reference-point-alist' for more detail.
4918 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4920 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
4921 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
4923 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
4924 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
4926 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
4927 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
4929 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
4930 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
4932 If no composition is found, return nil.
4934 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
4935 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
4937 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
4938 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
4939 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
4941 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
4943 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
4945 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
4946 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
4947 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
4949 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
4951 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen.
4953 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT STRING DETAIL-P)" nil nil)
4955 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
4956 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
4958 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
4959 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
4960 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
4961 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
4962 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
4963 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
4964 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
4967 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
4969 nil -- if no characters were composed.
4970 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
4972 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
4974 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
4975 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
4977 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'.
4979 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT OBJECT)" nil nil)
4981 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
4982 Compose last characters.
4983 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
4984 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
4985 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
4986 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
4987 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
4988 and that function finds a proper rule to compose the target characters.
4989 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
4990 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
4991 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
4992 after a sequence of character events.
4995 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
4997 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
4998 Convert CHAR to string.
5000 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
5001 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted to string, list of CHAR, or
5002 vector of CHAR respectively.
5003 Optional 3rd arg WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE is ignored.
5005 \(fn CHAR &optional TYPE WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE)" nil nil)
5007 (make-obsolete (quote decompose-composite-char) (quote char-to-string) "21.1")
5011 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
5012 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
5013 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
5014 ;;;;;; (17679 3707))
5015 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
5017 (autoload (quote conf-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5018 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
5019 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
5020 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
5021 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
5022 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
5023 details for some of the most widespread variants.
5025 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
5026 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
5027 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
5029 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
5030 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
5031 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
5033 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
5034 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
5035 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
5036 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
5038 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
5039 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
5040 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
5041 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
5042 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
5043 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
5044 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
5050 (autoload (quote conf-unix-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5051 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
5052 Comments start with `#'.
5053 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5055 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
5065 (autoload (quote conf-windows-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5066 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
5067 Comments start with `;'.
5068 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5070 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
5072 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
5073 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5074 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5076 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
5077 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
5081 (autoload (quote conf-javaprop-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5082 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
5083 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
5084 between `/*' and `*/'.
5085 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5087 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
5088 // another kind of comment
5100 (autoload (quote conf-space-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5101 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
5102 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
5103 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
5104 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
5105 `conf-space-keywords'.
5106 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
5107 in an interactive fashion instead.
5109 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5111 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
5113 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
5117 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
5119 # Standard multimedia devices
5120 add /dev/audio desktop
5121 add /dev/mixer desktop
5125 (autoload (quote conf-space-keywords) "conf-mode" "\
5126 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
5127 See `conf-space-mode'.
5129 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
5131 (autoload (quote conf-colon-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5132 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
5133 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
5134 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5136 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
5138 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
5139 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
5143 (autoload (quote conf-ppd-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5144 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
5145 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5146 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5148 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
5150 *DefaultTransfer: Null
5151 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
5155 (autoload (quote conf-xdefaults-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5156 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
5157 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5158 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5160 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
5169 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
5170 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (17562 61275))
5171 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
5173 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
5174 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
5175 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5176 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5178 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5180 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
5181 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
5182 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5183 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5185 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5187 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
5188 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
5189 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
5190 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
5192 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5194 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
5195 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
5197 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
5201 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-fix-years copyright-update)
5202 ;;;;;; "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (17385 8489))
5203 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
5205 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
5206 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
5207 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
5208 the current year after them. If necessary, and
5209 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
5210 following the copyright are updated as well.
5211 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
5214 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
5216 (autoload (quote copyright-fix-years) "copyright" "\
5217 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
5218 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
5222 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
5223 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
5225 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
5229 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
5230 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (17723 56271))
5231 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
5233 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
5234 Major mode for editing Perl code.
5235 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
5236 Tab indents for Perl code.
5237 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
5238 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
5240 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
5241 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
5242 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
5243 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
5244 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
5245 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
5246 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
5247 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
5248 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
5249 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
5250 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
5251 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
5253 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
5255 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
5256 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
5258 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
5260 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
5261 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
5262 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
5263 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
5264 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
5265 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
5266 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
5267 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
5268 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
5270 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
5274 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
5275 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
5276 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
5279 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
5280 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
5281 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
5283 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
5285 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
5286 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
5287 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
5288 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
5289 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
5291 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
5301 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
5302 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
5303 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
5304 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
5305 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
5306 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
5307 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
5308 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
5309 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
5310 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
5311 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
5312 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
5313 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
5315 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
5316 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
5317 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
5318 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
5319 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
5320 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
5322 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
5323 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
5326 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
5327 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
5328 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
5329 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
5330 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
5332 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
5333 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
5334 span the needed amount of lines.
5336 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
5337 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
5338 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
5339 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
5341 Variables controlling indentation style:
5342 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
5343 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
5344 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5345 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
5346 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
5347 `cperl-auto-newline'
5348 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
5349 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
5350 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
5351 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
5352 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
5353 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
5354 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
5355 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
5356 `cperl-indent-level'
5357 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
5358 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
5359 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
5360 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
5361 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
5362 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
5363 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
5364 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
5365 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5366 `cperl-brace-offset'
5367 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
5368 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
5369 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
5370 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
5371 `cperl-label-offset'
5372 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
5373 `cperl-min-label-indent'
5374 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
5376 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
5377 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
5378 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
5379 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
5380 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
5381 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
5383 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
5384 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
5385 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
5386 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
5388 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
5389 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
5390 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
5391 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same variable,
5392 and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
5393 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
5395 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
5396 column 0 is indented on
5397 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5399 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
5402 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5403 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5404 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5408 (autoload (quote cperl-perldoc) "cperl-mode" "\
5409 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
5413 (autoload (quote cperl-perldoc-at-point) "cperl-mode" "\
5414 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
5420 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
5421 ;;;;;; (17394 12937))
5422 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5424 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
5425 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5426 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5427 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5428 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5432 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
5433 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5439 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
5440 ;;;;;; (17385 8490))
5441 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
5443 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
5444 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5445 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
5446 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5448 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5449 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5451 (custom-autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp")
5453 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
5454 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
5455 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
5457 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5459 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
5463 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
5464 ;;;;;; (17515 24181))
5465 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5467 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
5468 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5469 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
5470 single prompt, optionally using completion.
5472 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5473 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
5474 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
5475 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5477 The default value for the separator character is the value of
5478 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
5479 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5481 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5482 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5485 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5486 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5487 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5489 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
5491 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5492 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5493 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5495 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5499 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
5500 ;;;;;; (17663 14247))
5501 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5503 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5504 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5505 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5506 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5507 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5508 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5510 (custom-autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" nil)
5512 (autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" "\
5513 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
5514 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
5515 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
5516 and typed text replaces the active selection.
5518 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
5519 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
5520 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
5521 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
5522 function of these prefix keys.
5524 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5525 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5527 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5528 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5529 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5531 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5532 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5533 the prefix fallback behavior.
5535 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
5536 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
5537 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
5538 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
5540 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5542 (autoload (quote cua-selection-mode) "cua-base" "\
5543 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5546 (eval-after-load 'CUA-mode
5547 '(error (concat "\n\n"
5548 "CUA-mode is now part of the standard GNU Emacs distribution, so you may\n"
5549 "now enable CUA via the Options menu or by customizing option `cua-mode'.\n\n"
5550 "You have loaded an older version of CUA-mode which does\n"
5551 "not work correctly with this version of GNU Emacs.\n\n"
5552 (if user-init-file (concat
5553 "To correct this, remove the loading and customization of the\n"
5554 "old version from the " user-init-file " file.\n\n")))))
5558 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
5559 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
5560 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
5561 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
5562 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-customized customize-face-other-window
5563 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
5564 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
5565 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
5566 ;;;;;; customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (17694 37217))
5567 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5568 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
5570 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
5571 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5573 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5574 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5576 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5577 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5579 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5581 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5583 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5584 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5585 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5587 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5588 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5590 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
5591 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
5593 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5594 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5596 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5597 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5599 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5601 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5603 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5604 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5607 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5608 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5610 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
5611 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
5613 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5614 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5616 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5617 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5619 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5621 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5623 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
5624 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5625 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5626 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5627 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5631 (autoload (quote customize-mode) "cus-edit" "\
5632 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5633 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5634 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5638 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
5639 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5643 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5644 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5648 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
5650 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
5651 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5653 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5655 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
5657 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5658 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5659 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5661 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5663 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5664 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5665 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5666 as part of Emacs itself.
5668 Each elements looks like this:
5670 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5672 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5673 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5674 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5675 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5676 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5677 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5678 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5681 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5683 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5684 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5685 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5686 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5687 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5689 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5690 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5691 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5692 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5694 (defalias (quote customize-changed) (quote customize-changed-options))
5696 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
5697 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5698 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
5699 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
5700 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
5702 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5703 that were added or redefined since that version.
5705 \(fn SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5707 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
5708 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5709 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5710 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5712 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5713 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5715 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5717 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5718 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5719 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5721 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5722 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5724 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5726 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5727 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session.
5731 (autoload (quote customize-rogue) "cus-edit" "\
5732 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5736 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
5737 Customize all already saved user options.
5741 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
5742 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching REGEXP.
5743 If ALL is `options', include only options.
5744 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
5745 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
5746 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
5747 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
5748 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5750 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
5752 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
5753 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5754 With prefix arg, include variables that are not customizable options
5755 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5757 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5759 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
5760 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5762 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5764 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
5765 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5767 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5769 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
5770 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5771 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5772 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5773 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5776 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5778 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5779 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5780 The result includes selecting that window.
5781 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5782 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5783 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5786 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5788 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
5789 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5791 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5793 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5794 File used for storing customization information.
5795 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5796 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5797 it should be an absolute file name.
5799 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5800 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5801 something like the following in your init file:
5803 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5806 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5807 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5809 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5810 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5811 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5812 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5813 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5815 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5816 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5817 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5818 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5819 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5820 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5821 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5822 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5823 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5824 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5826 (custom-autoload (quote custom-file) "cus-edit" t)
5828 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
5829 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5833 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5834 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5838 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5839 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5840 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5842 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5844 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5845 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5846 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5847 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5848 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5850 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5854 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-reset-faces custom-theme-reset-faces custom-set-faces
5855 ;;;;;; custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "cus-face.el" (17385 8483))
5856 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
5858 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
5859 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument.
5861 \(fn FACE SPEC DOC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5863 (defconst custom-face-attributes (quote ((:family (string :tag "Font Family" :help-echo "Font family or fontset alias name.")) (:width (choice :tag "Width" :help-echo "Font width." :value normal (const :tag "compressed" condensed) (const :tag "condensed" condensed) (const :tag "demiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "expanded" expanded) (const :tag "extracondensed" extra-condensed) (const :tag "extraexpanded" extra-expanded) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "narrow" condensed) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semicondensed" semi-condensed) (const :tag "semiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "ultracondensed" ultra-condensed) (const :tag "ultraexpanded" ultra-expanded) (const :tag "wide" extra-expanded))) (:height (choice :tag "Height" :help-echo "Face's font height." :value 1.0 (integer :tag "Height in 1/10 pt") (number :tag "Scale" 1.0))) (:weight (choice :tag "Weight" :help-echo "Font weight." :value normal (const :tag "black" ultra-bold) (const :tag "bold" bold) (const :tag "book" semi-light) (const :tag "demibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "extralight" extra-light) (const :tag "extrabold" extra-bold) (const :tag "heavy" extra-bold) (const :tag "light" light) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "semilight" semi-light) (const :tag "ultralight" ultra-light) (const :tag "ultrabold" ultra-bold))) (:slant (choice :tag "Slant" :help-echo "Font slant." :value normal (const :tag "italic" italic) (const :tag "oblique" oblique) (const :tag "normal" normal))) (:underline (choice :tag "Underline" :help-echo "Control text underlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:overline (choice :tag "Overline" :help-echo "Control text overlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:strike-through (choice :tag "Strike-through" :help-echo "Control text strike-through." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:box (choice :tag "Box around text" :help-echo "Control box around text." (const :tag "Off" nil) (list :tag "Box" :value (:line-width 2 :color "grey75" :style released-button) (const :format "" :value :line-width) (integer :tag "Width") (const :format "" :value :color) (choice :tag "Color" (const :tag "*" nil) color) (const :format "" :value :style) (choice :tag "Style" (const :tag "Raised" released-button) (const :tag "Sunken" pressed-button) (const :tag "None" nil)))) (lambda (real-value) (and real-value (let ((lwidth (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :line-width)) (and (integerp real-value) real-value) 1)) (color (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :color)) (and (stringp real-value) real-value) nil)) (style (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :style)))) (list :line-width lwidth :color color :style style)))) (lambda (cus-value) (and cus-value (let ((lwidth (plist-get cus-value :line-width)) (color (plist-get cus-value :color)) (style (plist-get cus-value :style))) (cond ((and (null color) (null style)) lwidth) ((and (null lwidth) (null style)) color) (t (nconc (and lwidth (\` (:line-width (\, lwidth)))) (and color (\` (:color (\, color)))) (and style (\` (:style (\, style))))))))))) (:inverse-video (choice :tag "Inverse-video" :help-echo "Control whether text should be in inverse-video." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t))) (:foreground (color :tag "Foreground" :help-echo "Set foreground color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:background (color :tag "Background" :help-echo "Set background color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:stipple (choice :tag "Stipple" :help-echo "Background bit-mask" (const :tag "None" nil) (file :tag "File" :help-echo "Name of bitmap file." :must-match t))) (:inherit (repeat :tag "Inherit" :help-echo "List of faces to inherit attributes from." (face :Tag "Face" default)) (lambda (real-value) (cond ((or (null real-value) (eq real-value (quote unspecified))) nil) ((symbolp real-value) (list real-value)) (t real-value))) (lambda (cus-value) (if (and (consp cus-value) (null (cdr cus-value))) (car cus-value) cus-value))))) "\
5864 Alist of face attributes.
5866 The elements are of the form (KEY TYPE PRE-FILTER POST-FILTER),
5867 where KEY is the name of the attribute, TYPE is a widget type for
5868 editing the attribute, PRE-FILTER is a function to make the attribute's
5869 value suitable for the customization widget, and POST-FILTER is a
5870 function to make the customized value suitable for storing. PRE-FILTER
5871 and POST-FILTER are optional.
5873 The PRE-FILTER should take a single argument, the attribute value as
5874 stored, and should return a value for customization (using the
5875 customization type TYPE).
5877 The POST-FILTER should also take a single argument, the value after
5878 being customized, and should return a value suitable for setting the
5879 given face attribute.")
5881 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
5882 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
5883 This associates the settings with the `user' theme.
5884 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
5886 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
5888 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE, as well as the value for the
5889 `user' theme. The `user' theme is one of the default themes known to Emacs.
5890 See `custom-known-themes' for more information on the known themes.
5891 See `custom-theme-set-faces' for more information on the interplay
5892 between themes and faces.
5893 See `defface' for the format of SPEC.
5895 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
5896 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
5898 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5900 (autoload (quote custom-theme-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5901 Reset the specs in THEME of some faces to their specs in other themes.
5902 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5906 This means reset FACE. The argument IGNORED is ignored.
5908 \(fn THEME &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5910 (autoload (quote custom-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5911 Reset the specs of some faces to their specs in specified themes.
5912 This creates settings in the `user' theme.
5914 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5918 This means reset FACE to its value in FROM-THEME.
5920 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5924 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5925 ;;;;;; (17632 41885))
5926 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5928 (autoload (quote customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "\
5929 Create a custom theme.
5935 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5936 ;;;;;; (17495 43954))
5937 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5939 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
5940 Mode used for cvs status output.
5946 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5947 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (17394 12937))
5948 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5950 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5951 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5953 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5954 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5955 C++ modes are included.
5957 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5959 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5961 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5964 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5965 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5969 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5970 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5971 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5972 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5973 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5975 (custom-autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn")
5977 (put (quote global-cwarn-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
5979 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5980 Toggle Cwarn mode in every buffer.
5981 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
5982 Cwarn mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
5983 in which `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' turns it on.
5985 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5989 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5990 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5991 ;;;;;; (17102 18767))
5992 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5994 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
5995 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5997 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5999 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
6000 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
6002 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
6004 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
6005 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
6006 For readability, the table is slightly
6007 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
6009 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
6010 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
6011 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
6012 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
6013 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
6015 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
6019 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
6020 ;;;;;; (17385 8483))
6021 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
6022 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
6023 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
6025 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
6026 Completion on current word.
6027 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
6028 and presents suggestions for completion.
6030 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
6031 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
6034 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
6035 then it searches *all* buffers.
6037 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6039 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
6040 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
6042 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
6043 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
6044 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
6045 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
6046 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
6048 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
6049 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
6051 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
6052 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
6053 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
6055 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
6056 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
6058 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
6064 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (17394
6066 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
6068 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
6069 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
6071 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
6072 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
6073 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
6075 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
6076 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
6077 Data lines are not indented.
6082 Commands not usually bound to keys:
6084 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
6085 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
6086 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
6087 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
6089 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6092 Extra indentation within blocks.
6094 dcl-continuation-offset
6095 Extra indentation for continued lines.
6098 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
6100 dcl-margin-label-offset
6101 Indentation for a label.
6103 dcl-comment-line-regexp
6104 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
6106 dcl-block-begin-regexp
6107 dcl-block-end-regexp
6108 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
6109 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
6110 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
6111 make it possible to define other places to indent.
6112 Set to nil to disable this feature.
6114 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
6115 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
6116 Two such functions are included in the package:
6117 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
6118 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
6120 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
6121 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
6122 One such function is included in the package:
6123 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
6125 dcl-tab-always-indent
6126 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
6127 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
6130 dcl-electric-characters
6131 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
6134 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
6135 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
6136 which words trigger electric indentation.
6139 dcl-tempo-left-paren
6140 dcl-tempo-right-paren
6141 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
6143 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
6144 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
6145 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
6146 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
6148 dcl-imenu-label-labels
6149 dcl-imenu-label-goto
6150 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
6151 dcl-imenu-label-call
6152 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
6154 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
6155 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6156 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
6157 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6160 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
6162 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
6163 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
6164 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
6166 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
6167 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
6171 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
6172 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
6173 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
6174 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
6175 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
6176 \"lined up with the command line\"
6178 Data lines are not indented at all.
6179 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
6184 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
6185 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
6191 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
6192 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (17440 13082))
6193 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
6195 (setq debugger (quote debug))
6197 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
6198 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
6199 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
6202 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
6203 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
6204 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
6206 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
6208 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
6209 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
6211 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6213 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
6214 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
6215 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
6216 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
6217 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
6218 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
6220 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
6221 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
6223 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
6225 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
6226 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
6227 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
6228 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6229 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
6231 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
6235 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
6236 ;;;;;; (17385 8495))
6237 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
6239 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
6240 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
6244 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
6245 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
6246 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
6247 Upper-case letters are commands.
6249 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
6252 The most useful commands are:
6253 \\<decipher-mode-map>
6254 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
6255 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
6256 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
6257 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6258 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6264 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
6265 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (17682
6267 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
6269 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
6270 Customization of `columns' group.
6274 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
6275 Prettify all columns in a text region.
6277 START and END delimits the text region.
6279 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6281 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
6282 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
6284 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
6286 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6290 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (17604
6292 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
6294 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
6295 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
6296 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
6297 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
6298 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
6299 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
6301 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
6305 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
6306 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
6307 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
6308 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
6309 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
6310 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
6311 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
6312 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
6313 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
6314 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
6315 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
6316 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
6318 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
6319 Directories to search when finding external units.
6320 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
6321 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
6325 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
6326 Face used to color delphi comments.
6327 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
6328 Face used to color delphi strings.
6329 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
6330 Face used to color delphi keywords.
6331 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
6332 Face used to color everything else.
6334 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
6335 no args, if that value is non-nil.
6337 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
6341 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (17385
6343 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
6345 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
6347 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
6348 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
6349 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
6350 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6351 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
6353 (custom-autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel")
6355 (put (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
6357 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
6358 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
6359 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
6362 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
6363 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
6364 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
6367 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6371 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
6372 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (17385 8489))
6373 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
6375 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
6376 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
6378 The arguments to this command are as follow:
6380 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
6381 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
6382 or nil if there is no parent.
6383 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
6384 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
6385 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
6386 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
6387 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
6389 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
6390 arguments are currently understood:
6392 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
6393 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
6395 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6396 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
6398 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6399 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
6401 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
6403 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
6405 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
6406 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
6407 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
6409 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6410 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6412 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
6413 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
6414 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6416 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6417 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6419 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6420 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6422 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6424 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6426 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
6427 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6428 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6429 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6430 the first time the mode is used.
6432 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6436 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
6437 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (17385 8483))
6438 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6440 (autoload (quote describe-text-properties) "descr-text" "\
6441 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
6442 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6443 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6444 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6447 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
6449 (autoload (quote describe-char) "descr-text" "\
6450 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
6451 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
6452 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
6453 character composition information (if relevant),
6454 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
6460 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
6461 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
6462 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
6463 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (17670 57734))
6464 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6466 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6467 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6468 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.")
6470 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" nil)
6472 (autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" "\
6473 Toggle desktop saving mode.
6474 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
6475 otherwise. If desktop saving is turned on, the state of Emacs is
6476 saved from one session to another. See variable `desktop-save'
6477 and function `desktop-read' for details.
6479 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6481 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save (quote (desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace)) "\
6482 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6483 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6484 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6486 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-locals-to-save) "desktop" t)
6488 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6489 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6490 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
6492 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6493 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6494 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6496 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6497 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6499 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6500 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6501 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6503 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6504 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6505 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6506 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6508 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6510 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6511 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6513 Handlers are called with argument list
6515 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6517 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6519 desktop-file-version
6520 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6521 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6522 desktop-buffer-point
6524 desktop-buffer-read-only
6525 desktop-buffer-locals
6527 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6528 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6530 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6533 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6535 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6536 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6538 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6540 (put (quote desktop-buffer-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6542 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6543 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6544 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6545 List elements must have the form
6547 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6549 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6552 Handlers are called with argument list
6554 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6556 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6558 desktop-file-version
6559 desktop-buffer-file-name
6561 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6562 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6563 desktop-buffer-point
6565 desktop-buffer-read-only
6568 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6569 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6572 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6575 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6577 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6578 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6580 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6582 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6584 (put (quote desktop-minor-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6586 (autoload (quote desktop-clear) "desktop" "\
6588 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6589 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6590 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6594 (autoload (quote desktop-save) "desktop" "\
6595 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6596 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6597 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
6599 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6601 (autoload (quote desktop-remove) "desktop" "\
6602 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6603 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6607 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
6608 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6609 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6610 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6611 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6612 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6613 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6614 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6616 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6618 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
6619 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6620 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6624 (autoload (quote desktop-change-dir) "desktop" "\
6625 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6626 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6627 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6630 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6632 (autoload (quote desktop-save-in-desktop-dir) "desktop" "\
6633 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6637 (autoload (quote desktop-revert) "desktop" "\
6638 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6644 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6645 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
6646 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (17495 43954))
6647 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6649 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines) "deuglify" "\
6650 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6651 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6652 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6653 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6654 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6656 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6658 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution) "deuglify" "\
6659 Repair a broken attribution line.
6660 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6662 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6664 (autoload (quote gnus-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6665 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6666 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6667 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6669 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6671 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6672 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6678 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-region)
6679 ;;;;;; "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el" (17102 18768))
6680 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
6682 (defconst devanagari-consonant "[\x51ad5-\x51af9\x51b38-\x51b3f]")
6684 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" "\
6687 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6689 (autoload (quote devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" "\
6696 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6697 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (17520 49736))
6698 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6700 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
6701 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6702 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6703 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6704 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
6706 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6708 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
6709 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6710 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6711 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6713 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
6714 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
6715 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
6716 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
6719 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
6721 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
6722 diary-file \\\"/path/to/diary.file\\\" \\
6723 european-calendar-style t \\
6724 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
6725 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
6726 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
6728 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
6729 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
6730 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
6731 to run it every morning at 1am.
6733 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6735 (autoload (quote diary-mode) "diary-lib" "\
6736 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6742 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
6743 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (17683 64071))
6744 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
6746 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
6747 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6749 (custom-autoload (quote diff-switches) "diff" t)
6751 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
6752 *The command to use to run diff.")
6754 (custom-autoload (quote diff-command) "diff" t)
6756 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
6757 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6758 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
6759 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
6760 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6761 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6763 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6765 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
6766 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6767 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6768 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6769 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6770 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6772 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6776 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
6777 ;;;;;; (17670 57734))
6778 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
6780 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6781 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6782 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6784 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6785 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6786 headers for you on-the-fly.
6788 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6789 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6790 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6795 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6796 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6797 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6799 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6803 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
6804 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
6805 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
6806 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
6807 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (17697 23215))
6808 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6810 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
6811 *Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6812 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6813 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6814 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6815 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6816 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6817 `insert-directory' on `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6819 (custom-autoload (quote dired-listing-switches) "dired" t)
6821 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
6822 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
6824 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
6825 *Informs Dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
6826 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
6827 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
6828 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
6830 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
6831 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
6833 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
6834 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
6835 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
6836 always set this variable to t.")
6838 (custom-autoload (quote dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks) "dired" t)
6840 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
6841 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6842 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6843 A value of t means move to first file.")
6845 (custom-autoload (quote dired-trivial-filenames) "dired" t)
6847 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
6848 *Controls marking of renamed files.
6849 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
6850 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
6851 are afterward marked with that character.")
6853 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-rename) "dired" t)
6855 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
6856 *Controls marking of copied files.
6857 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
6858 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6860 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-copy) "dired" t)
6862 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
6863 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
6864 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6865 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6867 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-hardlink) "dired" t)
6869 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
6870 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
6871 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6872 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6874 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-symlink) "dired" t)
6876 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
6877 *If non-nil, Dired tries to guess a default target directory.
6878 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
6879 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
6881 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
6883 (custom-autoload (quote dired-dwim-target) "dired" t)
6885 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
6886 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
6887 \(This works on only some systems.)")
6889 (custom-autoload (quote dired-copy-preserve-time) "dired" t)
6891 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6892 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6893 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6894 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6895 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6896 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6898 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
6899 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6900 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6901 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6902 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6903 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6904 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6905 list of files to make directory entries for.
6906 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6907 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6908 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6909 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6911 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6913 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6914 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6916 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
6917 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6919 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6920 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6922 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
6923 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6925 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6927 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
6928 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6930 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6932 (autoload (quote dired-mode) "dired" "\
6933 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6934 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6935 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6936 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6937 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6938 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6939 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6940 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6941 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6942 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6943 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
6944 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
6945 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6946 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6947 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6948 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6949 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6950 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6951 to see why something went wrong.
6952 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
6953 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
6954 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
6955 Type \\[dired-advertised-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6956 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6957 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6958 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6959 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6960 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6961 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6962 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6963 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6964 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
6966 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6967 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
6968 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6969 again for the directory tree.
6971 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6974 `dired-listing-switches'
6975 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6976 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
6979 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6980 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6981 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6982 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6984 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6986 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6987 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6994 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6995 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6999 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
7000 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
7001 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
7002 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
7003 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
7004 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
7005 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
7006 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
7007 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
7008 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-query dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
7009 ;;;;;; dired-run-shell-command dired-do-shell-command dired-clean-directory
7010 ;;;;;; dired-do-print dired-do-touch dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
7011 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-compare-directories dired-backup-diff
7012 ;;;;;; dired-diff) "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el" (17718 28532))
7013 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
7015 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
7016 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
7017 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
7018 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
7019 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
7020 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
7021 which is options for `diff'.
7023 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7025 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
7026 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
7027 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7028 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
7029 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
7030 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
7032 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7034 (autoload (quote dired-compare-directories) "dired-aux" "\
7035 Mark files with different file attributes in two dired buffers.
7036 Compare file attributes of files in the current directory
7037 with file attributes in directory DIR2 using PREDICATE on pairs of files
7038 with the same name. Mark files for which PREDICATE returns non-nil.
7039 Mark files with different names if PREDICATE is nil (or interactively
7040 with empty input at the predicate prompt).
7042 PREDICATE is a Lisp expression that can refer to the following variables:
7044 size1, size2 - file size in bytes
7045 mtime1, mtime2 - last modification time in seconds, as a float
7046 fa1, fa2 - list of file attributes
7047 returned by function `file-attributes'
7049 where 1 refers to attribute of file in the current dired buffer
7050 and 2 to attribute of file in second dired buffer.
7052 Examples of PREDICATE:
7054 (> mtime1 mtime2) - mark newer files
7055 (not (= size1 size2)) - mark files with different sizes
7056 (not (string= (nth 8 fa1) (nth 8 fa2))) - mark files with different modes
7057 (not (and (= (nth 2 fa1) (nth 2 fa2)) - mark files with different UID
7058 (= (nth 3 fa1) (nth 3 fa2)))) and GID.
7060 \(fn DIR2 PREDICATE)" t nil)
7062 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
7063 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7064 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
7066 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7068 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
7069 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7071 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7073 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
7074 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7076 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7078 (autoload (quote dired-do-touch) "dired-aux" "\
7079 Change the timestamp of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7082 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7084 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
7085 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
7086 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
7087 `lpr-switches' as default.
7089 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7091 (autoload (quote dired-clean-directory) "dired-aux" "\
7092 Flag numerical backups for deletion.
7093 Spares `dired-kept-versions' latest versions, and `kept-old-versions' oldest.
7094 Positive prefix arg KEEP overrides `dired-kept-versions';
7095 Negative prefix arg KEEP overrides `kept-old-versions' with KEEP made positive.
7097 To clear the flags on these files, you can use \\[dired-flag-backup-files]
7098 with a prefix argument.
7102 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
7103 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
7104 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
7105 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
7106 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
7108 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
7109 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
7111 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
7112 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
7113 file name substituted for `?'.
7115 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
7116 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
7118 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
7119 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
7120 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
7121 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
7123 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
7125 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
7126 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
7127 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
7129 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
7130 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
7133 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
7134 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument, which
7135 can be produced by `dired-get-marked-files', for example.
7137 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
7139 (autoload (quote dired-run-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
7142 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
7144 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
7145 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
7146 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
7147 \(A negative argument kills backward.)
7148 If you use this command with a prefix argument to kill the line
7149 for a file that is a directory, which you have inserted in the
7150 Dired buffer as a subdirectory, then it deletes that subdirectory
7151 from the buffer as well.
7152 To kill an entire subdirectory (without killing its line in the
7153 parent directory), go to its directory header line and use this
7154 command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
7156 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
7158 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" "\
7161 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7163 (autoload (quote dired-query) "dired-aux" "\
7166 \(fn QS-VAR QS-PROMPT &rest QS-ARGS)" nil nil)
7168 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
7169 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
7171 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7173 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
7174 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7176 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7178 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
7179 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7181 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7183 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
7184 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
7185 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
7186 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
7188 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7189 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7190 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7191 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7192 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7193 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7194 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7196 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
7198 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" "\
7201 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
7203 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" "\
7206 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7208 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" "\
7209 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
7211 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7213 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" "\
7216 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
7218 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" "\
7221 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
7223 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
7224 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
7226 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7228 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
7229 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
7230 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
7231 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7232 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
7233 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
7234 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7235 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7236 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7238 This command copies symbolic links by creating new ones,
7241 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7243 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
7244 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7245 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7246 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7247 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
7248 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7249 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7250 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7252 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7254 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
7255 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7256 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7257 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7258 and new hard links are made in that directory
7259 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7260 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7261 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7263 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7265 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
7266 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7267 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
7268 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
7269 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
7270 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
7271 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7273 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7275 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7276 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7278 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
7279 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
7280 file if none are marked.
7282 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
7283 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
7284 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
7285 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
7287 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
7288 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
7290 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7292 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7293 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7294 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7296 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7298 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7299 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7300 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7302 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7304 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7305 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7306 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7308 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7310 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
7311 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
7313 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7315 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
7316 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
7318 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7320 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7321 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7322 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
7323 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7324 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
7325 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7327 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7329 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7330 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7331 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7332 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7333 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7334 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7335 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7337 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7339 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7340 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7341 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
7342 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7343 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
7344 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7346 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7348 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7350 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7351 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
7352 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
7354 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
7356 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7357 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
7358 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
7359 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
7363 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
7364 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
7365 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
7366 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
7370 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7371 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
7372 Lower levels are unaffected.
7374 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
7376 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
7377 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
7381 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
7382 Go down in the dired tree.
7386 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7387 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
7388 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
7389 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
7393 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
7394 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
7395 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
7396 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
7400 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
7401 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
7402 Stops when a match is found.
7403 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7405 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7407 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7408 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
7409 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
7410 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
7411 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7413 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
7415 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
7416 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
7417 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
7418 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
7420 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
7424 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (17656 37701))
7425 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
7427 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
7428 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
7429 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
7430 If in Dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
7431 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
7432 buffer and try again.
7434 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
7438 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (17582 40396))
7439 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
7441 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
7442 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
7443 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
7445 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
7447 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
7448 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
7450 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
7451 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
7453 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
7457 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (17385
7459 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
7461 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
7462 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
7463 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
7464 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
7465 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
7466 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
7468 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
7472 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
7473 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
7474 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
7475 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
7476 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (17385 8483))
7477 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
7479 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7480 Return a new, empty display table.
7484 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7485 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
7486 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
7487 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7488 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7490 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
7492 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7493 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
7494 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
7495 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7496 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7498 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
7500 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7501 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
7505 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7506 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
7510 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
7511 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
7515 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
7516 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
7520 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
7521 Display character C using printable string S.
7525 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
7526 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
7527 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
7528 it is meaningless for an X frame.
7530 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
7532 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
7533 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
7534 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
7537 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
7539 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
7540 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
7542 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
7544 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
7545 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
7547 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
7549 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
7550 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
7552 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
7553 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
7554 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
7555 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
7557 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
7558 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
7559 European character display.
7561 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
7562 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
7563 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
7564 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
7566 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
7567 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
7568 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
7569 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
7570 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
7576 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
7577 ;;;;;; (17385 8495))
7578 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
7580 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
7581 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
7582 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
7583 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
7584 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
7585 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
7586 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
7589 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7593 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (17709 24917))
7594 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
7596 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist (quote (("^file:///" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^file://" . dnd-open-file) ("^file:" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://" . dnd-open-file))) "\
7597 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
7598 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
7599 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
7600 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
7601 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
7603 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
7604 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
7605 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
7606 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
7607 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
7609 (custom-autoload (quote dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" t)
7613 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
7614 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (17632 41886))
7615 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
7617 (autoload (quote dns-mode) "dns-mode" "\
7618 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
7619 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
7620 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
7621 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
7622 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
7623 table and its own syntax table.
7625 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
7628 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
7630 (autoload (quote dns-mode-soa-increment-serial) "dns-mode" "\
7631 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
7634 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.soa\\'" . dns-mode))
7638 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (17366 25285))
7639 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
7641 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
7642 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
7648 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
7649 ;;;;;; (17385 8483))
7650 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
7652 (defvar double-mode nil "\
7654 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7655 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
7657 (custom-autoload (quote double-mode) "double")
7659 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
7661 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
7663 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
7664 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
7670 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (17579 53341))
7671 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
7673 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
7674 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
7680 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
7681 ;;;;;; (17385 8492))
7682 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
7684 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
7685 Play sounds in message buffers.
7691 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
7692 ;;;;;; define-global-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
7693 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (17656 37701))
7694 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
7696 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
7698 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7699 Define a new minor mode MODE.
7700 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
7701 and toggle command MODE.
7703 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
7704 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
7705 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
7706 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
7707 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
7708 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
7709 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
7710 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
7713 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is activated or deactivated.
7714 It is executed after toggling the mode,
7715 and before running the hook variable `mode-HOOK'.
7716 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments (alternating
7717 keywords and values). These following keyword arguments are supported (other
7718 keywords will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
7719 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
7720 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
7721 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
7722 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
7723 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
7724 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
7725 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
7726 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
7727 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
7728 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
7729 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
7731 For example, you could write
7732 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
7733 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
7736 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
7738 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) (quote define-global-minor-mode))
7740 (autoload (quote define-global-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7741 Make GLOBAL-MODE out of the buffer-local minor MODE.
7742 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7743 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7744 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
7745 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
7746 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
7747 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
7748 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
7749 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
7750 or :keymap keywords to `define-global-minor-mode', since these
7751 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
7753 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7754 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7755 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7756 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7757 call another major mode in their body.
7759 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
7761 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
7762 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7763 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7764 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7765 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7766 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7767 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7769 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7771 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" "\
7774 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7776 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
7777 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7778 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7780 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7784 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
7785 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (17385
7787 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7789 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
7791 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
7792 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
7794 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
7795 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
7796 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
7798 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
7799 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
7803 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
7804 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
7808 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
7809 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7813 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
7814 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7816 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
7818 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7820 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7822 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
7823 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7825 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7826 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7828 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7830 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
7832 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
7836 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
7837 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
7838 computed automatically.
7839 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7843 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
7845 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
7846 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
7847 keyboard equivalent.
7851 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7852 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7856 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7857 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7861 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7862 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
7866 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
7870 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
7871 radio: A radio button.
7872 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
7873 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
7875 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
7879 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
7880 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7884 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7886 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
7887 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
7888 as a solid horizontal line.
7890 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
7892 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
7894 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" "\
7897 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7899 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
7900 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7901 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7902 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7904 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7906 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
7907 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7908 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7909 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7910 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7911 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7913 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7914 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7915 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7917 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7918 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7920 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE)" nil nil)
7924 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
7925 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
7926 ;;;;;; ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-syntax-file
7927 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer ebnf-eps-file
7928 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-spool-file
7929 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
7930 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
7931 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (17690 51743))
7932 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7934 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
7935 Customization for ebnf group.
7939 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7940 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7942 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7944 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7947 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7949 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7951 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7952 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7954 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7955 killed after process termination.
7957 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7959 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7961 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7962 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7964 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7965 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7968 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7969 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7970 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7971 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7973 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7975 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7976 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7977 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7979 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7981 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7982 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7984 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7986 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7989 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7991 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7993 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7994 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7996 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7997 killed after process termination.
7999 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
8001 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8003 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8004 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
8005 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
8006 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
8008 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8012 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8013 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
8014 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
8016 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8018 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8020 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8021 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
8023 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8025 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8028 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8030 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8032 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8033 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
8035 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8036 killed after EPS generation.
8038 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8040 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8042 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8043 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
8045 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
8046 The EPS file name has the following form:
8048 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8050 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8051 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
8053 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8054 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
8055 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
8056 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
8058 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
8062 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8063 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
8065 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
8066 The EPS file name has the following form:
8068 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8070 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8071 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
8073 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8074 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
8075 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
8076 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
8078 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
8080 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8082 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
8084 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8085 Does a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
8087 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8089 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8092 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8094 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8096 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8097 Does a syntactic analysis of the FILE.
8099 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8100 killed after syntax checking.
8102 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8104 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8106 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8107 Does a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
8111 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8112 Does a syntactic analysis of a region.
8114 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8116 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
8117 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
8121 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8122 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
8124 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8126 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8128 (autoload (quote ebnf-delete-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8131 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8135 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8136 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
8138 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8140 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8142 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8143 Set STYLE as the current style.
8145 It returns the old style symbol.
8147 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8151 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8152 Reset current style.
8154 It returns the old style symbol.
8156 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8158 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8160 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8161 Push the current style and set STYLE as the current style.
8163 It returns the old style symbol.
8165 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8167 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8169 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8170 Pop a style and set it as the current style.
8172 It returns the old style symbol.
8174 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8180 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
8181 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
8182 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
8183 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
8184 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
8185 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
8186 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
8187 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
8188 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
8189 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
8190 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (17601
8192 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
8194 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
8195 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
8196 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
8197 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
8198 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
8199 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
8201 Tree mode key bindings:
8202 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
8206 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
8207 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
8211 (autoload (quote ebrowse-member-mode) "ebrowse" "\
8212 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
8214 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
8218 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
8219 View declaration of member at point.
8223 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
8224 Find declaration of member at point.
8228 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition) "ebrowse" "\
8229 View definition of member at point.
8233 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition) "ebrowse" "\
8234 Find definition of member at point.
8238 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8239 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
8243 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8244 View definition of member at point in other window.
8248 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8249 Find definition of member at point in other window.
8253 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8254 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8258 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8259 View definition of member at point in other frame.
8263 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8264 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8268 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
8269 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
8270 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
8271 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
8274 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8276 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
8277 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
8278 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
8279 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
8281 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
8283 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search) "ebrowse" "\
8284 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
8285 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
8286 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
8288 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8290 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
8291 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
8292 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
8294 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8296 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\
8297 Search for call sites of a member.
8298 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
8299 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
8300 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
8301 looks like a function call to the member.
8303 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
8305 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8306 Move backward in the position stack.
8307 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8311 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8312 Move forward in the position stack.
8313 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8317 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\
8318 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
8322 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\
8323 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
8327 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
8328 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
8329 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
8330 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
8332 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
8334 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\
8335 Display statistics for a class tree.
8341 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
8342 ;;;;;; (17385 8483))
8343 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
8345 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
8346 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
8347 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
8348 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
8350 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
8351 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
8352 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
8354 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
8355 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
8356 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
8358 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
8360 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
8366 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
8367 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (17385 8483))
8368 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
8370 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
8371 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
8372 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
8374 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
8378 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
8379 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
8380 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (17632 41885))
8381 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
8383 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
8384 *If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
8385 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
8386 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
8387 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
8389 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
8390 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
8391 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
8392 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
8394 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug" t)
8396 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
8397 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
8398 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
8399 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
8401 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug" t)
8403 (autoload (quote edebug-basic-spec) "edebug" "\
8404 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
8405 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
8406 `edebug-form-spec' property.
8408 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
8410 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
8412 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
8413 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
8414 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
8415 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
8416 using `eval-expression' (which see).
8418 If you do this on a function definition
8419 such as a defun or defmacro, it defines the function and instruments
8420 its definition for Edebug, so it will do Edebug stepping when called
8421 later. It displays `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate
8422 that FUNCTION is now instrumented for Edebug.
8424 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
8425 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
8426 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
8427 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
8432 (autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "\
8433 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
8437 (autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug" "\
8438 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
8444 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
8445 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
8446 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
8447 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
8448 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
8449 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
8450 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
8451 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
8452 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup
8453 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (17726 28398))
8454 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
8456 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
8457 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
8459 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8461 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
8462 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
8464 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8466 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
8468 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
8470 (autoload (quote ediff-backup) "ediff" "\
8471 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
8472 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
8473 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
8477 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
8478 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
8480 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8482 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
8484 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
8485 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
8487 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8489 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
8491 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
8492 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
8493 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8494 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8496 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
8498 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
8500 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8501 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
8502 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8503 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8505 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
8507 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
8509 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
8510 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
8511 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
8512 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8514 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
8516 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
8518 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
8519 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
8520 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8521 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8523 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8525 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
8527 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8528 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
8529 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
8530 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
8531 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
8532 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8534 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8536 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8537 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
8538 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8539 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8541 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8543 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
8545 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8546 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
8547 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8548 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8550 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8552 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
8554 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
8556 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8557 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
8558 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8560 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8561 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8563 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8565 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
8566 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
8567 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8569 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8570 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8572 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8574 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8575 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8576 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
8577 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
8578 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
8580 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
8581 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
8583 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8585 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
8586 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8587 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
8588 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
8589 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
8591 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
8592 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
8593 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
8595 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8597 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
8599 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
8600 Merge two files without ancestor.
8602 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8604 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8605 Merge two files with ancestor.
8607 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8609 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
8611 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
8612 Merge buffers without ancestor.
8614 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8616 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8617 Merge buffers with ancestor.
8619 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8621 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
8622 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
8623 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8626 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8628 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8629 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
8630 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8633 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8635 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
8636 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
8637 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
8638 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'.
8642 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
8643 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
8644 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
8645 and don't ask the user.
8646 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
8647 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
8649 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8651 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
8652 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
8653 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
8654 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
8655 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
8656 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
8657 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
8658 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
8660 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8662 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
8664 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
8666 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
8667 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
8668 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
8669 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
8670 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
8672 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8674 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
8676 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
8677 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
8678 When called interactively, displays the version.
8682 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
8683 Display Ediff's manual.
8684 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
8686 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
8690 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
8691 ;;;;;; (17403 27596))
8692 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
8694 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "\
8701 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (17403 27596))
8702 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
8704 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
8705 (defmacro ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (xemacs-form emacs-form) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) xemacs-form emacs-form))
8707 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser...")))) nil)
8709 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (progn (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual" ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff" ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions" ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (if (featurep (quote menu-bar)) (progn (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame" . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions" . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff" . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual" . ediff-documentation))))))
8713 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
8714 ;;;;;; (17726 28398))
8715 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
8717 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
8718 Display Ediff's registry.
8722 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
8726 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
8727 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (17679 3707))
8728 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
8730 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
8731 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8732 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8737 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
8738 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8739 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8740 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8746 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
8747 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
8748 ;;;;;; (17618 8193))
8749 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8751 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
8752 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
8753 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
8755 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8756 Edit a keyboard macro.
8757 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8758 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8759 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
8761 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8763 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8765 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8766 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8768 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8770 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8771 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8773 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8775 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8776 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8777 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8778 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8779 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8780 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8782 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8783 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8784 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8785 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8787 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8789 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8790 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8791 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8792 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8793 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8794 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8796 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8800 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8801 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (17385 8491))
8802 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8804 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
8806 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8807 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8809 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8811 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
8812 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8818 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8819 ;;;;;; (17385 8484))
8820 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8822 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
8823 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8824 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
8825 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8826 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8827 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8828 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8829 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8831 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8832 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8834 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
8835 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
8836 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
8837 this value is non-nil.
8839 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8840 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8841 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8843 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8844 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8845 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit.
8847 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8849 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" "\
8852 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8856 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8857 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (17665 54136))
8858 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8860 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
8861 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8863 (custom-autoload (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string) "eldoc" t)
8865 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8866 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
8867 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
8868 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
8869 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
8870 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
8871 of the function called in the expression point is on.
8873 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
8875 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8877 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8878 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation).
8882 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8883 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8884 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8885 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8886 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8887 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8890 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8891 Emacs Lisp mode) that support Eldoc.")
8895 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (17385
8897 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8899 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
8900 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8902 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8903 an elided material again.
8905 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8907 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8911 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
8912 ;;;;;; (17385 8490))
8913 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8915 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
8922 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
8923 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (17385
8925 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8927 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
8928 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8929 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8931 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8933 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
8934 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8935 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8937 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8939 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
8940 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8941 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8943 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8945 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8947 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
8948 Display current profiling results.
8949 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8950 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
8957 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
8958 ;;;;;; (17385 8494))
8959 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8961 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
8962 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8963 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8965 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8969 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
8970 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
8971 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
8972 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
8973 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (17167 2962))
8974 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
8976 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
8977 (fset 'menu-bar-emerge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-emerge-menu))
8978 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories]
8979 '("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))
8980 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor]
8981 '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))
8982 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions]
8983 '("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))
8984 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor]
8985 '("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))
8986 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files]
8987 '("Files..." . emerge-files))
8988 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor]
8989 '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))
8990 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers]
8991 '("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))
8993 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
8994 Run Emerge on two files.
8996 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8998 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
8999 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
9001 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9003 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
9004 Run Emerge on two buffers.
9006 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9008 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
9009 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
9011 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9013 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" "\
9018 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" "\
9023 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" "\
9026 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
9028 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" "\
9031 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
9033 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
9034 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
9036 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9038 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
9039 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
9041 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9043 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" "\
9046 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
9050 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
9051 ;;;;;; (17102 18713))
9052 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
9054 (defvar encoded-kbd-mode nil "\
9055 Non-nil if Encoded-Kbd mode is enabled.
9056 See the command `encoded-kbd-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
9057 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9058 use either \\[customize] or the function `encoded-kbd-mode'.")
9060 (custom-autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb")
9062 (put (quote encoded-kbd-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
9064 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
9065 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
9066 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
9068 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
9069 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
9072 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
9073 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
9074 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system].
9076 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9080 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
9081 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (17385 8496))
9082 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
9084 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
9085 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
9086 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
9087 text/enriched format.
9088 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
9090 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
9091 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
9095 \\{enriched-mode-map}
9097 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9099 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" "\
9102 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
9104 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" "\
9107 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
9111 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc-select erc-select-read-args)
9112 ;;;;;; "erc" "erc/erc.el" (17624 52650))
9113 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
9115 (autoload (quote erc-select-read-args) "erc" "\
9116 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
9120 (autoload (quote erc-select) "erc" "\
9121 Select connection parameters and run ERC.
9122 Non-interactively, it takes keyword arguments
9123 (server (erc-compute-server))
9124 (port (erc-compute-port))
9125 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
9127 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
9129 That is, if called with
9131 (erc-select :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
9133 server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
9134 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
9135 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
9137 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
9139 (autoload (quote erc-handle-irc-url) "erc" "\
9140 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
9141 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
9142 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
9144 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
9148 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (17601
9150 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
9151 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
9155 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (17447 52274))
9156 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
9157 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
9161 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (17372 48745))
9162 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
9163 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
9167 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
9168 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (17393 3826))
9169 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
9171 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9172 Parser for /dcc command.
9173 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
9174 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
9175 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
9177 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9179 (autoload (quote pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9180 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
9184 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook (quote (erc-ctcp-query-DCC)) "\
9185 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
9187 (autoload (quote erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9188 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
9189 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
9192 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
9196 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
9197 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
9198 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
9199 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
9200 ;;;;;; (17468 10541))
9201 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
9203 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9204 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
9206 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
9208 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-get-login) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9209 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
9210 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
9211 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
9213 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
9215 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-lookup-action) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9218 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9220 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-notice-autodetect) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9221 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
9223 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
9225 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-identify) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9226 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
9228 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9230 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-init-session-list) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9231 Reset the EZBounce session list to NIL.
9233 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9235 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-end-of-session-list) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9236 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
9238 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9240 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-add-session) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9241 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
9243 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9245 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-select) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9246 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
9248 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9250 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-select-session) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9251 Select a detached EZBounce session.
9255 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-initialize) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9256 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
9262 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (17391
9264 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
9265 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
9267 (autoload (quote erc-fill) "erc-fill" "\
9268 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
9269 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
9275 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-hecomplete" "erc/erc-hecomplete.el" (17391
9277 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-hecomplete.el
9278 (autoload 'erc-hecomplete-mode "erc-hecomplete" nil t)
9282 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
9283 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (17601 9092))
9284 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
9285 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
9287 (autoload (quote erc-identd-start) "erc-identd" "\
9288 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
9289 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
9290 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
9291 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
9292 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
9295 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9297 (autoload (quote erc-identd-stop) "erc-identd" "\
9300 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9304 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
9305 ;;;;;; (17601 9092))
9306 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9308 (autoload (quote erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "\
9315 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (17468 10541))
9316 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9317 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9321 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-chanlist erc-list-channels) "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el"
9322 ;;;;;; (17391 39324))
9323 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
9324 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
9326 (autoload (quote erc-list-channels) "erc-list" "\
9327 Display a buffer containing a list of channels on the current server.
9328 Optional argument CHANNEL specifies a single channel to list (instead of every
9331 \(fn &rest CHANNEL)" t nil)
9333 (autoload (quote erc-chanlist) "erc-list" "\
9334 Show a channel listing of the current server in a special mode.
9335 Please note that this function only works with IRC servers which conform
9336 to RFC and send the LIST header (#321) at start of list transmission.
9338 \(fn &optional CHANNELS)" t nil)
9342 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
9343 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (17624 52650))
9344 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9345 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9347 (autoload (quote erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log" "\
9348 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9349 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9350 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9351 is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
9352 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9354 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9356 (autoload (quote erc-save-buffer-in-logs) "erc-log" "\
9357 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9358 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9359 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9361 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9362 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9365 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9366 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9368 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9372 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
9373 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
9374 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
9375 ;;;;;; (17632 41885))
9376 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9377 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9379 (autoload (quote erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "\
9380 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9384 (autoload (quote erc-delete-pal) "erc-match" "\
9385 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9389 (autoload (quote erc-add-fool) "erc-match" "\
9390 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9394 (autoload (quote erc-delete-fool) "erc-match" "\
9395 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9399 (autoload (quote erc-add-keyword) "erc-match" "\
9400 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9404 (autoload (quote erc-delete-keyword) "erc-match" "\
9405 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9409 (autoload (quote erc-add-dangerous-host) "erc-match" "\
9410 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9414 (autoload (quote erc-delete-dangerous-host) "erc-match" "\
9415 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9421 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
9422 ;;;;;; (17468 10541))
9423 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9424 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9426 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "\
9433 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
9434 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (17391 39324))
9435 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9437 (autoload (quote erc-determine-network) "erc-networks" "\
9438 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9439 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9440 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9444 (autoload (quote erc-server-select) "erc-networks" "\
9445 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9451 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
9452 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (17391 39324))
9453 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9454 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9456 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify" "\
9457 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9458 Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
9459 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9461 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9463 (autoload (quote pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY) "erc-notify" "\
9470 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (17391 39324))
9471 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9472 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9476 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (17601
9478 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9479 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (17391 39324))
9484 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9485 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9489 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (17391 39324))
9490 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9491 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9495 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
9496 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (17391 39324))
9497 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9498 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9500 (autoload (quote erc-nickserv-identify-mode) "erc-services" "\
9501 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9505 (autoload (quote erc-nickserv-identify) "erc-services" "\
9506 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9507 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9509 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9513 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (17391 39324))
9514 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9515 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9519 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
9520 ;;;;;; (17391 39324))
9521 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9523 (autoload (quote erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "\
9524 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9525 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9531 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (17618
9533 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9534 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9538 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (17395 55370))
9539 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9540 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9544 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (17601 9092))
9545 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9546 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9547 (autoload 'erc-track-when-inactive-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9551 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9552 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (17391 39324))
9553 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9554 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9556 (autoload (quote erc-truncate-buffer-to-size) "erc-truncate" "\
9557 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9558 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9559 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9561 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9563 (autoload (quote erc-truncate-buffer) "erc-truncate" "\
9564 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9565 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9571 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9572 ;;;;;; (17391 39324))
9573 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9575 (autoload (quote erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "\
9576 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9582 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (17385
9584 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9586 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
9587 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9595 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (17385
9597 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
9599 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
9600 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
9602 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9606 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
9607 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (17427 10521))
9608 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9610 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
9611 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9612 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9613 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9614 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9615 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9616 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9617 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9618 buffer selected (or created).
9620 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9622 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
9623 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9624 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9626 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9628 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
9629 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9630 The result might be any Lisp object.
9631 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9632 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9633 corresponding to a successful execution.
9635 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9637 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
9638 Report a bug in Eshell.
9639 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
9640 Please include any configuration details that might be involved.
9646 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9647 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9648 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9649 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9650 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9651 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9652 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9653 ;;;;;; (17408 40149))
9654 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9656 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9657 *File name of tags table.
9658 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9659 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9660 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9661 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
9663 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
9664 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9665 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9666 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9668 (custom-autoload (quote tags-case-fold-search) "etags")
9670 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9671 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
9672 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9673 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9674 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9675 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9677 (custom-autoload (quote tags-table-list) "etags")
9679 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
9680 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
9681 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
9682 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
9683 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
9684 `auto-compression-mode').")
9686 (custom-autoload (quote tags-compression-info-list) "etags")
9688 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
9689 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9690 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9691 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9692 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9694 (custom-autoload (quote tags-add-tables) "etags")
9696 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9697 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9698 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9699 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9701 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-hook) "etags")
9703 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9704 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9705 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9706 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9707 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9709 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-default-function) "etags")
9711 (autoload (quote tags-table-mode) "etags" "\
9712 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9716 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
9717 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9718 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9719 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9721 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9722 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9723 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9724 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9725 file the tag was in.
9727 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9729 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table-buffer) "etags" "\
9730 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9731 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9732 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9733 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9734 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9735 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9736 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9737 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9739 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9741 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
9742 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9743 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9744 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9745 without directory names.
9749 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
9750 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9751 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9752 but does not select the buffer.
9753 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9755 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9756 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9757 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9758 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9759 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9761 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9763 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9764 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9765 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9767 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9769 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9771 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
9772 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9773 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9774 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9776 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9777 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9778 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9779 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9780 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9782 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9784 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9785 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9786 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9788 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9790 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9791 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9793 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
9794 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9795 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9796 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9797 around or before point.
9799 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9800 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9801 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9802 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9803 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9805 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9807 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9808 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9809 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9811 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9813 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9814 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9816 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
9817 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9818 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9819 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9820 around or before point.
9822 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9823 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9824 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9825 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9826 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9828 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9830 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9831 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9832 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9834 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9836 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9837 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9839 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
9840 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9841 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9843 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9844 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9845 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9846 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9847 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9849 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9851 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9852 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9853 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9855 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9857 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9858 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9859 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9861 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
9862 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9864 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9865 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9866 where they were found.
9870 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
9871 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9873 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9874 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9875 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9877 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9878 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9880 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9881 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9883 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9885 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
9886 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9887 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9888 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9890 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9891 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9892 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9893 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9894 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9896 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9897 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9899 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
9900 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9901 Stops when a match is found.
9902 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9904 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9906 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9908 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
9909 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9910 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9911 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9912 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9914 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9916 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM START END)" t nil)
9918 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
9919 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9920 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9921 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9922 directory specification.
9924 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9926 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
9927 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9929 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9931 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
9932 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9933 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9934 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9938 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
9939 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9940 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9941 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9942 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9948 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9949 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9950 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9951 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
9952 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
9953 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
9954 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
9955 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (17551 7908))
9956 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9958 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "\
9963 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
9964 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9965 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
9966 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9968 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
9969 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
9972 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
9973 even if the buffer is read-only.
9975 See also the descriptions of the variables
9976 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
9977 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9979 \(fn BEG END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9981 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9982 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9984 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9985 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9987 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
9988 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
9991 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
9992 buffer is read-only.
9994 See also the descriptions of the variables
9995 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
9996 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9998 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10000 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10001 Execute `ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail' or `ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker' depending on the current major mode.
10002 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
10004 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10006 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
10007 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
10009 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
10010 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
10012 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
10013 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'.
10015 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10017 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10018 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
10019 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
10020 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
10022 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
10024 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
10025 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
10026 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10027 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10029 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
10030 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
10031 the primary language.
10033 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
10034 buffer is read-only.
10036 See also the descriptions of the variables
10037 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
10038 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
10040 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10042 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10043 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
10044 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10045 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10047 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
10048 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
10051 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
10052 buffer is read-only.
10054 See also the descriptions of the variables
10055 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
10056 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
10058 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10060 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10061 Execute `ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail' or `ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker' depending on the current major mode.
10062 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
10064 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10066 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
10067 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
10069 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
10070 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
10071 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
10072 3) convert the body into SERA.
10074 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too.
10078 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10079 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
10080 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
10082 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
10084 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
10085 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
10089 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
10090 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
10092 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
10093 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
10096 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
10097 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
10098 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
10100 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region.
10102 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
10104 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
10105 Allow the user to input special characters.
10109 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10110 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
10111 Each command is always surrounded by braces.
10115 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10116 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
10120 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10121 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
10123 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
10124 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
10126 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
10127 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
10131 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10132 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
10136 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
10137 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
10141 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
10142 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
10148 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
10149 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
10150 ;;;;;; (17385 8494))
10151 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
10153 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
10154 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
10155 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
10156 server for future sessions.
10158 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
10160 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
10161 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
10162 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10164 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10166 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
10167 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
10168 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10170 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10172 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
10173 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
10174 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
10175 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
10176 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
10177 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
10178 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
10179 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
10180 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
10181 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
10182 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
10183 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
10185 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
10187 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
10188 Display a form to query the directory server.
10189 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
10190 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
10192 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
10194 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
10195 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
10196 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
10200 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if eudc-xemacs-p (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
10204 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
10205 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
10206 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (17385 8494))
10207 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
10209 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\
10210 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
10212 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10214 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\
10215 Display URL and make it clickable.
10217 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
10219 (autoload (quote eudc-display-mail) "eudc-bob" "\
10220 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10222 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
10224 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\
10225 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10227 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10229 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\
10230 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10232 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10234 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\
10235 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10237 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10241 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
10242 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (17385 8494))
10243 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10245 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\
10246 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10247 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10251 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\
10252 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10258 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
10259 ;;;;;; (17385 8494))
10260 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10262 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\
10263 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10269 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (17531
10271 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10273 (autoload (quote ewoc-create) "ewoc" "\
10274 Create an empty ewoc.
10276 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10278 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10279 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10280 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10281 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10282 `insert-before-markers'.
10284 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10285 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10286 respectively, of the ewoc.
10288 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10289 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10290 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10292 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
10296 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
10297 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
10298 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
10299 ;;;;;; (17394 12937))
10300 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10302 (autoload (quote executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "\
10303 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10304 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10306 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10308 (autoload (quote executable-interpret) "executable" "\
10309 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10310 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10311 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10312 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10314 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10316 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
10317 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10318 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10319 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10320 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10323 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10325 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
10326 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10327 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10331 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p) "executable" "\
10332 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10333 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10340 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
10341 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (17385 8484))
10342 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10344 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
10345 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
10346 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10347 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10349 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10351 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10352 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10353 to generate such functions.
10355 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10356 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10357 beginning of the expanded text.
10359 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10360 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10361 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10362 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10364 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10366 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10368 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
10369 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10370 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10374 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
10375 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10376 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10379 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10380 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10384 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (17386 33146))
10385 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10387 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
10388 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10389 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10391 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10392 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10393 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10395 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10400 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10403 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10405 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10407 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10408 `f90-program-indent'
10409 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10411 `f90-continuation-indent'
10412 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10413 `f90-comment-region'
10414 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10415 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10416 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10417 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10419 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10420 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10421 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10422 `f90-break-delimiters'
10423 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10424 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10425 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10426 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10428 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10429 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10431 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10432 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
10433 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
10434 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10435 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10436 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
10437 `f90-leave-line-no'
10438 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10440 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10441 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10447 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special
10448 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only
10449 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu
10450 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face)
10451 ;;;;;; "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (17718 28532))
10452 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
10453 (define-key global-map "\M-o" 'facemenu-keymap)
10454 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
10456 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
10457 Menu keymap for faces.")
10459 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
10461 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
10462 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
10464 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
10466 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
10467 Menu keymap for background colors.")
10469 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
10471 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
10472 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
10474 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
10476 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
10477 Submenu for text justification commands.")
10479 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
10481 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
10482 Submenu for indentation commands.")
10484 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
10486 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
10487 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
10489 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
10491 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Properties") (quote describe-text-properties))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
10493 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
10495 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
10497 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
10498 Apply FACE to the region or next character typed.
10500 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient
10501 Mark mode) and nonempty, and there is no prefix argument,
10502 this command applies FACE to the region. Otherwise, it applies FACE
10503 to the faces to use for the next character
10504 inserted. (Moving point or switching buffers before typing
10505 a character to insert cancels the specification.)
10507 If FACE is `default', to \"apply\" it means clearing
10508 the list of faces to be used. For any other value of FACE,
10509 to \"apply\" it means putting FACE at the front of the list
10510 of faces to be used, and removing any faces further
10511 along in the list that would be completely overridden by
10512 preceding faces (including FACE).
10514 This command can also add FACE to the menu of faces,
10515 if `facemenu-listed-faces' says to do that.
10517 \(fn FACE &optional START END)" t nil)
10519 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
10520 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10521 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10523 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10524 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10527 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10528 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10529 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10531 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10533 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
10534 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10535 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10537 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10538 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10541 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10542 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10543 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10545 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10547 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
10548 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
10549 This function is designed to be called from a menu; FACE is determined
10550 using the event type of the menu entry. If FACE is a symbol whose
10551 name starts with \"fg:\" or \"bg:\", then this functions sets the
10552 foreground or background to the color specified by the rest of the
10553 symbol's name. Any other symbol is considered the name of a face.
10555 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10556 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10559 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10560 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before typing a character
10561 to insert cancels the specification.
10563 \(fn FACE START END)" t nil)
10565 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
10566 Make the region invisible.
10567 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
10568 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10570 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10572 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
10573 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
10574 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
10575 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10577 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10579 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
10580 Make the region unmodifiable.
10581 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
10582 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10584 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10586 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
10587 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties.
10589 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10591 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
10592 Remove all text properties from the region.
10594 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10596 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
10597 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
10598 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'.
10600 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10602 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
10603 Read a color using the minibuffer.
10605 \(fn &optional PROMPT)" nil nil)
10607 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
10608 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
10609 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
10610 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list of
10611 colors that the current display can handle. If the optional
10612 argument BUFFER-NAME is nil, it defaults to *Colors*.
10614 \(fn &optional LIST BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
10618 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
10619 ;;;;;; "obsolete/fast-lock.el" (17676 15926))
10620 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/fast-lock.el
10622 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
10623 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
10624 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
10625 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
10627 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
10629 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
10630 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
10631 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
10633 Font Lock caches may be saved:
10634 - When you save the file's buffer.
10635 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
10636 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
10637 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
10638 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
10640 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
10642 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
10643 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
10644 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
10645 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'.
10647 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10649 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
10650 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode.
10654 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
10658 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10659 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10660 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (17660 25612))
10661 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10663 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
10664 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10665 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10666 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10670 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
10671 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts.
10673 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10675 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
10676 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
10677 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10678 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10680 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10682 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
10683 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10684 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10685 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10686 backup file names and the like).
10688 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10690 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
10691 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10692 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10693 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10694 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
10695 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10696 internally by feedmail):
10698 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10699 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10700 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10701 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10703 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
10704 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10705 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10706 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
10707 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil.
10709 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10713 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
10714 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (17697 23215))
10715 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10717 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
10718 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10719 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10720 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10721 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10722 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10723 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
10725 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10727 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
10728 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10729 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10730 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10731 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10732 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10733 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10735 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10737 (defalias (quote ffap) (quote find-file-at-point))
10739 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
10740 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
10741 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10742 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10743 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10744 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10746 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10748 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
10749 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
10750 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10752 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10753 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10758 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
10759 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10761 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10763 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
10764 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10770 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
10771 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
10772 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
10773 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (17669 23128))
10774 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10776 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory) "filecache" "\
10777 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10778 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
10779 be added to the cache.
10781 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10783 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-list) "filecache" "\
10784 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10785 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10786 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10787 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10789 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10791 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-file) "filecache" "\
10792 Add FILE to the file cache.
10796 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-using-find) "filecache" "\
10797 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10798 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10800 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10802 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-using-locate) "filecache" "\
10803 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10804 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10806 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10808 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-recursively) "filecache" "\
10809 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10810 This function does not use any external programs
10811 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10812 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10813 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10815 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10817 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
10818 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10819 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10820 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10821 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10822 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10823 \(directories) is done.
10826 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10827 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10828 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10832 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (17714
10834 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10836 (autoload (quote filesets-init) "filesets" "\
10837 Filesets initialization.
10838 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10844 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fill" "textmodes/fill.el" (17665 54136))
10845 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/fill.el
10846 (put 'colon-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
10850 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
10851 ;;;;;; find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el"
10852 ;;;;;; (17651 3608))
10853 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10855 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
10856 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
10857 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
10858 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
10859 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
10861 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-option) "find-dired" t)
10863 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
10864 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
10865 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
10866 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
10867 them for `find-ls-option'.")
10869 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-subdir-switches) "find-dired" t)
10871 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
10872 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
10873 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
10874 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
10876 (custom-autoload (quote find-grep-options) "find-dired" t)
10878 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
10879 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10880 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10882 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10884 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
10885 as the final argument.
10887 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10889 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
10890 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10891 and run dired on those files.
10892 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10893 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10895 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10897 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10899 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
10900 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10901 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10903 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
10905 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
10907 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10911 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10912 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10913 ;;;;;; (17601 9091))
10914 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10916 (defvar ff-special-constructs (quote (("^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]" lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2))))) "\
10917 *List of special constructs for `ff-treat-as-special' to recognize.
10918 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10919 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10920 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10921 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10922 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10924 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
10925 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10926 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10928 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10930 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10932 (defalias (quote ff-find-related-file) (quote ff-find-other-file))
10934 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
10935 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10936 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10938 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10939 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10941 Variables of interest include:
10943 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10944 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10945 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10947 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10948 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10949 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10951 - `ff-ignore-include'
10952 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10954 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10955 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10958 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10960 - `ff-special-constructs'
10961 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10962 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10963 extracting the filename from that construct.
10965 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10966 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10968 - `ff-search-directories'
10969 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10970 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10972 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10973 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10975 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10976 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10978 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10979 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10981 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10982 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10984 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10985 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10987 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10989 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
10990 Visit the file you click on.
10992 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10994 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
10995 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10997 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
11001 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
11002 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
11003 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
11004 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
11005 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
11006 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
11007 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (17697 23215))
11008 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
11010 (autoload (quote find-library) "find-func" "\
11011 Find the elisp source of LIBRARY.
11013 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
11015 (autoload (quote find-function-search-for-symbol) "find-func" "\
11016 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
11017 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
11018 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
11020 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
11021 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
11022 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
11023 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
11025 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
11027 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
11028 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
11030 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
11031 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
11032 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
11033 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
11035 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
11036 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
11039 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
11041 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
11042 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
11044 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
11045 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
11046 places point before the definition.
11047 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11049 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
11050 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11051 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11053 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11055 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
11056 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
11058 See `find-function' for more details.
11060 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11062 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
11063 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
11065 See `find-function' for more details.
11067 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11069 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
11070 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
11072 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
11073 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
11074 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11076 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
11077 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11079 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11081 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
11082 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
11084 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
11085 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11086 places point before the definition.
11088 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11090 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
11091 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11092 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11094 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11096 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
11097 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11099 See `find-variable' for more details.
11101 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11103 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
11104 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11106 See `find-variable' for more details.
11108 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11110 (autoload (quote find-definition-noselect) "find-func" "\
11111 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
11112 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11113 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
11114 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
11115 buffer nor display it.
11117 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
11118 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11120 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11122 (autoload (quote find-face-definition) "find-func" "\
11123 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
11125 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
11126 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11127 places point before the definition.
11129 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11131 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
11132 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11133 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11137 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
11138 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
11139 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11143 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
11144 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
11148 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
11149 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
11153 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
11154 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
11160 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
11161 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (17394 12936))
11162 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
11164 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\
11165 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
11167 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
11169 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\
11170 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
11174 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\
11175 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
11177 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11181 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
11182 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (17476 4797))
11183 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
11185 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
11186 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11190 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
11191 Display FILE's commentary section.
11192 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11196 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
11197 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11203 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
11204 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (17385 8484))
11205 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11207 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
11208 Toggle flow control handling.
11209 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11210 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11212 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11214 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
11215 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11216 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11217 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11218 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11219 to get the effect of a C-q.
11221 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11225 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
11226 ;;;;;; (17476 4798))
11227 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11229 (autoload (quote fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "\
11232 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11234 (autoload (quote fill-flowed) "flow-fill" "\
11237 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11241 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
11242 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (17717 4883))
11243 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11245 (autoload (quote flymake-mode) "flymake" "\
11246 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
11247 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
11248 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
11250 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11252 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-on) "flymake" "\
11253 Turn flymake mode on.
11257 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-off) "flymake" "\
11258 Turn flymake mode off.
11264 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
11265 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
11266 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (17724 51883))
11267 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11269 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
11270 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11273 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
11275 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
11276 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
11277 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
11278 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11279 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
11280 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
11283 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11284 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11285 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11286 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11289 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
11292 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11293 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
11294 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11296 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11298 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11299 in your .emacs file.
11301 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11302 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11304 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11306 (autoload (quote turn-on-flyspell) "flyspell" "\
11307 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11311 (autoload (quote turn-off-flyspell) "flyspell" "\
11312 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11316 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
11317 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11321 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
11322 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11324 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11326 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
11327 Flyspell whole buffer.
11333 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
11334 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
11335 ;;;;;; (17495 43954))
11336 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11338 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
11339 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11343 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
11344 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11348 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
11349 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
11351 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
11352 of two major techniques:
11354 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11355 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11356 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
11358 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11359 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11360 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11363 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11364 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11365 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11366 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11367 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11370 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11371 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11373 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
11375 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
11376 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
11377 \(This is the default.)
11379 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
11380 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
11382 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11383 \\{follow-mode-map}
11385 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11387 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
11388 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
11390 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11391 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11392 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11393 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
11394 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11395 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11397 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
11398 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11399 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11401 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
11402 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
11403 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
11405 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11409 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (17385
11411 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11413 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
11414 Toggle footnote minor mode.
11415 \\<message-mode-map>
11419 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
11420 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
11421 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
11422 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
11423 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
11424 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
11426 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11430 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11431 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (17385 8485))
11432 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11434 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
11435 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11437 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11438 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11439 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11440 C-c < forms-first-record <
11441 C-c > forms-last-record >
11442 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11443 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11444 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11445 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11446 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11447 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11448 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11449 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11450 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11451 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11453 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11455 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
11456 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11460 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
11461 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11467 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
11468 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (17360 11434))
11469 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11471 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
11472 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
11473 A non-nil value specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
11474 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
11475 with a character in column 6.")
11477 (custom-autoload (quote fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran")
11479 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
11480 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11481 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11483 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11484 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11486 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11489 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11491 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11493 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11494 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11495 `fortran-do-indent'
11496 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11497 `fortran-if-indent'
11498 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11499 `fortran-structure-indent'
11500 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11502 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11503 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11504 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11505 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11506 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11507 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11508 nil don't change the indentation
11509 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11511 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11512 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11513 depending on the continuation format in use.
11514 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11515 indentation for a line of code.
11517 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11518 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11519 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11520 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11521 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11522 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11523 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11524 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11525 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11526 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11528 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11529 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11530 statements (default nil).
11531 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11532 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11533 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11534 `fortran-continuation-string'
11535 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11536 line (default \"$\").
11537 `fortran-comment-region'
11538 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11539 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11540 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11541 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11542 as typed (default t).
11543 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11544 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11546 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11547 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11553 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11554 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (17385 8495))
11555 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11557 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\
11558 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11560 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11561 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11563 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11565 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\
11566 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11568 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11569 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11571 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11573 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\
11574 Compile fortune file.
11576 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11577 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11579 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11581 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\
11582 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11584 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11585 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11586 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11587 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11589 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11591 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\
11592 Display a fortune cookie.
11594 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11595 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11596 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11597 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11599 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11603 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-enable-debug gdba) "gdb-ui" "progmodes/gdb-ui.el"
11604 ;;;;;; (17723 56210))
11605 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-ui.el
11607 (autoload (quote gdba) "gdb-ui" "\
11608 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11609 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11610 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11612 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11613 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11614 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11615 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11617 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11618 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear unless
11619 `gdb-use-separate-io-buffer' is nil when the source buffer
11620 occupies the full width of the frame. Keybindings are shown in
11621 some of the buffers.
11623 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11625 The following commands help control operation :
11627 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11628 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11630 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11631 detailed description of this mode.
11634 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11636 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11637 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11641 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11642 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11643 | | (comint-mode) |
11650 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11651 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11652 | RET gdb-frames-select | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11653 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11654 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11655 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11657 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11659 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11660 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-ring'.")
11662 (custom-autoload (quote gdb-enable-debug) "gdb-ui" t)
11666 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11667 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (17385
11669 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11671 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11672 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11673 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11674 instead (which see).")
11676 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
11677 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11679 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11680 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11681 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11682 documentation string instead.
11684 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11685 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11686 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11687 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11688 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11689 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11690 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11691 enders are actually possible.
11693 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11694 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11696 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11697 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11698 `font-lock-keywords'.
11700 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11701 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11702 runs the macro expansion.
11704 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11705 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11706 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11708 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11710 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
11712 (autoload (quote generic-mode-internal) "generic" "\
11713 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11715 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11717 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
11718 Enter generic mode MODE.
11720 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11721 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11722 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11724 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11725 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11729 (autoload (quote generic-make-keywords-list) "generic" "\
11730 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11731 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11732 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11733 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11734 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11735 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11736 `font-lock-keywords'.
11738 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11742 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11743 ;;;;;; (17408 40149))
11744 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11746 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
11747 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11748 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
11749 at places they belong to.
11751 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11755 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11756 ;;;;;; gmm-message) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (17714 34817))
11757 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11759 (autoload (quote gmm-message) "gmm-utils" "\
11760 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11762 Guideline for numbers:
11763 1 - error messages, 3 - non-serious error messages, 5 - messages for things
11764 that take a long time, 7 - not very important messages on stuff, 9 - messages
11767 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11769 (autoload (quote gmm-error) "gmm-utils" "\
11770 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11771 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11773 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11775 (autoload (quote gmm-widget-p) "gmm-utils" "\
11776 Non-nil iff SYMBOL is a widget.
11778 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11780 (autoload (quote gmm-tool-bar-from-list) "gmm-utils" "\
11781 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11783 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11784 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11785 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11786 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11787 and all following elements are passed a the PROPS argument to the
11788 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11790 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11791 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11792 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11793 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11794 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11796 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11798 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11802 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11803 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server gnus-select-method gnus-getenv-nntpserver)
11804 ;;;;;; "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (17726 28398))
11805 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11807 (autoload (quote gnus-getenv-nntpserver) "gnus" "\
11808 Find default nntp server.
11809 Check the NNTPSERVER environment variable and the
11810 `gnus-nntpserver-file' file.
11814 (defvar gnus-select-method (condition-case nil (nconc (list (quote nntp) (or (condition-case nil (gnus-getenv-nntpserver) (error nil)) (when (and gnus-default-nntp-server (not (string= gnus-default-nntp-server ""))) gnus-default-nntp-server) "news")) (if (or (null gnus-nntp-service) (equal gnus-nntp-service "nntp")) nil (list gnus-nntp-service))) (error nil)) "\
11815 Default method for selecting a newsgroup.
11816 This variable should be a list, where the first element is how the
11817 news is to be fetched, the second is the address.
11819 For instance, if you want to get your news via \"flab.flab.edu\" using
11820 NNTP, you could say:
11822 \(setq gnus-select-method '(nntp \"flab.flab.edu\"))
11824 If you want to use your local spool, say:
11826 \(setq gnus-select-method (list 'nnspool (system-name)))
11828 If you use this variable, you must set `gnus-nntp-server' to nil.
11830 There is a lot more to know about select methods and virtual servers -
11831 see the manual for details.")
11833 (custom-autoload (quote gnus-select-method) "gnus" t)
11835 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
11836 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11838 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11840 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
11842 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11843 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11844 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11845 name of an NNTP server to use.
11846 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11849 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11851 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
11852 Read news as a slave.
11854 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11856 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
11857 Pop up a frame to read news.
11858 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11859 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11860 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11861 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11862 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11863 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11864 current display is used.
11866 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11868 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
11870 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11871 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11872 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11874 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11878 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11879 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11880 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11881 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11882 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11883 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (17551 7908))
11884 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11886 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11887 Start Gnus unplugged.
11891 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11892 Start Gnus plugged.
11896 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11897 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11899 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11901 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
11902 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11904 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11905 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11906 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11908 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11909 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11910 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11914 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc) "gnus-agent" "\
11915 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11919 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-rename-group) "gnus-agent" "\
11920 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11921 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11922 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11923 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11926 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11928 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-delete-group) "gnus-agent" "\
11929 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11930 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11931 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11932 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11935 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11937 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list) "gnus-agent" "\
11938 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11942 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active) "gnus-agent" "\
11943 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11944 downloaded into the agent.
11946 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11948 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-find-parameter) "gnus-agent" "\
11949 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11950 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11951 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11953 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11955 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
11956 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11960 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" "\
11961 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11965 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-regenerate) "gnus-agent" "\
11966 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11967 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11969 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11973 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11974 ;;;;;; (17663 14247))
11975 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11977 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
11978 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11984 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
11985 ;;;;;; (17385 8493))
11986 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
11988 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
11989 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
11995 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11996 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11997 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (17385
11999 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
12001 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
12002 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
12005 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
12009 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
12010 Generate the cache active file.
12012 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
12014 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
12015 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
12019 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-rename-group) "gnus-cache" "\
12020 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
12021 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12022 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
12023 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
12026 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
12028 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-delete-group) "gnus-cache" "\
12029 Delete GROUP from the cache.
12030 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12031 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
12032 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
12035 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
12039 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
12040 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (17385 8493))
12041 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
12043 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-article) "gnus-delay" "\
12044 Delay this article by some time.
12045 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
12047 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
12048 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
12050 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
12051 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
12053 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
12054 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
12056 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
12058 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-send-queue) "gnus-delay" "\
12059 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
12063 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-initialize) "gnus-delay" "\
12064 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
12065 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
12066 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
12068 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
12069 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
12071 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
12075 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
12076 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (17577 7322))
12077 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
12079 (autoload (quote gnus-user-format-function-d) "gnus-diary" "\
12082 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12084 (autoload (quote gnus-user-format-function-D) "gnus-diary" "\
12087 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12091 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
12092 ;;;;;; (17385 8493))
12093 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
12095 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "\
12096 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
12102 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
12103 ;;;;;; (17698 30385))
12104 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
12106 (autoload (quote gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "\
12107 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12113 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
12114 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
12115 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (17476
12117 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12119 (autoload (quote gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "\
12120 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12124 (autoload (quote gnus-insert-random-x-face-header) "gnus-fun" "\
12125 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12129 (autoload (quote gnus-x-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
12130 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
12134 (autoload (quote gnus-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
12135 Return a Face header based on an image file.
12139 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-face-to-png) "gnus-fun" "\
12140 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12141 The PNG is returned as a string.
12143 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12145 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-png-to-face) "gnus-fun" "\
12146 Convert FILE to a Face.
12147 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12150 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12154 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
12155 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (17726 28398))
12156 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12158 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
12159 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12160 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12162 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12164 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
12165 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12167 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12171 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
12172 ;;;;;; (17385 8493))
12173 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12175 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
12177 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
12178 Run batched scoring.
12179 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12185 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
12186 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
12187 ;;;;;; (17551 7908))
12188 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12190 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
12195 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-insinuate) "gnus-ml" "\
12196 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12197 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12199 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12201 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
12202 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12204 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12206 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12210 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
12211 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
12212 ;;;;;; (17385 8493))
12213 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12215 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12216 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
12217 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12218 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12221 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12222 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12223 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
12224 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
12226 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12227 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
12228 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12229 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12230 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
12231 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12232 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12233 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12234 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12235 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12237 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12239 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12240 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12241 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12244 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
12245 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup.
12247 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12249 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12250 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12251 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12253 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods.
12257 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12258 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12259 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12261 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12263 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12264 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12265 existing groups are considered.
12267 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12268 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12271 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12272 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12273 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12274 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12275 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12276 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12277 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12278 clauses will be generated.
12280 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12281 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12282 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12283 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12284 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12285 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12287 For example, given the following group parameters:
12290 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12291 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12293 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12294 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12295 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12296 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12298 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12300 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12302 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12304 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12305 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12308 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12312 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
12313 ;;;;;; (17385 8493))
12314 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
12316 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
12317 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
12318 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
12320 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
12324 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
12325 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (17385 8493))
12326 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12328 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
12329 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12330 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12331 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12333 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
12335 (autoload (quote gnus-button-mailto) "gnus-msg" "\
12338 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12340 (autoload (quote gnus-button-reply) "gnus-msg" "\
12341 Like `message-reply'.
12343 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12345 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
12349 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-nocem-load-cache gnus-nocem-scan-groups)
12350 ;;;;;; "gnus-nocem" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" (17427 10521))
12351 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-nocem.el
12353 (autoload (quote gnus-nocem-scan-groups) "gnus-nocem" "\
12354 Scan all NoCeM groups for new NoCeM messages.
12358 (autoload (quote gnus-nocem-load-cache) "gnus-nocem" "\
12359 Load the NoCeM cache.
12365 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
12366 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
12367 ;;;;;; (17385 8493))
12368 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12370 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12371 Display picons in the From header.
12372 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12376 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-mail-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12377 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12378 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12382 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12383 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12384 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12390 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
12391 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
12392 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
12393 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
12394 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (17385 8493))
12395 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12397 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range" "\
12398 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12399 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12400 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12402 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12404 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-ndifference) "gnus-range" "\
12405 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12406 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12409 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12411 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-complement) "gnus-range" "\
12412 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12413 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12415 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12417 (autoload (quote gnus-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12420 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12422 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12423 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12424 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12426 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12428 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-range-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12429 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12430 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12432 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12434 (defalias (quote gnus-set-sorted-intersection) (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection))
12436 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection) "gnus-range" "\
12437 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12438 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12440 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12442 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-union) "gnus-range" "\
12443 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12444 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12446 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12448 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nunion) "gnus-range" "\
12449 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12450 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12452 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12454 (autoload (quote gnus-add-to-sorted-list) "gnus-range" "\
12455 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12457 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12461 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
12462 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (17704 4325))
12463 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12465 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-initialize) "gnus-registry" "\
12470 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-install-hooks) "gnus-registry" "\
12471 Install the registry hooks.
12477 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12478 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (17476
12480 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12482 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "\
12483 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12484 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12485 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12486 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12487 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12491 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-generate) "gnus-sieve" "\
12492 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12493 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12494 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12495 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12499 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-article-add-rule) "gnus-sieve" "\
12506 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
12507 ;;;;;; (17385 8493))
12508 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
12510 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
12511 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
12512 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
12513 for matching on group names.
12515 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
12516 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
12518 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
12520 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
12526 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12527 ;;;;;; (17385 8493))
12528 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12530 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
12531 Update the format specification near point.
12537 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
12538 ;;;;;; gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (17601
12540 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12542 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
12543 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12545 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12547 (autoload (quote gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news) "gnus-start" "\
12554 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12555 ;;;;;; (17385 8493))
12556 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12558 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
12559 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12561 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12565 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (17385 8495))
12566 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12568 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
12569 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12571 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
12572 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12573 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12575 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12576 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12577 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12579 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12580 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12582 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12583 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12585 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12587 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12591 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr"
12592 ;;;;;; "net/goto-addr.el" (17579 53341))
12593 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12595 (define-obsolete-function-alias (quote goto-address-at-mouse) (quote goto-address-at-point) "22.1")
12597 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
12598 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12599 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12600 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12601 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12603 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12605 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
12606 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12607 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12609 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12610 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12612 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12613 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12616 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12620 ;;;### (autoloads (rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
12621 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12622 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (17645 64048))
12623 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12625 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12626 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12628 (custom-autoload (quote grep-window-height) "grep" t)
12630 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12631 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12632 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12633 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12634 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12636 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12637 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12639 (custom-autoload (quote grep-command) "grep" t)
12641 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12642 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12643 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12644 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12646 (custom-autoload (quote grep-find-command) "grep" t)
12648 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12649 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12651 (custom-autoload (quote grep-setup-hook) "grep" t)
12653 (defvar grep-regexp-alist (quote (("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([0-9]+\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([0-9]+\\):\\).*?\\(
\e\\[01;31m\\(?:
\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(
\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil 1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1))) "\
12654 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12656 (defvar grep-program "grep" "\
12657 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12658 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12660 (defvar find-program "find" "\
12661 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12662 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12664 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12665 Whether \\[grep-find] uses the `xargs' utility by default.
12667 If `exec', it uses `find -exec'; if `gnu', it uses `find -print0' and `xargs -0';
12668 if not nil and not `gnu', it uses `find -print' and `xargs'.
12670 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12672 (defvar grep-history nil)
12674 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
12676 (autoload (quote grep-process-setup) "grep" "\
12677 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12678 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12682 (autoload (quote grep-compute-defaults) "grep" "\
12687 (autoload (quote grep-mode) "grep" "\
12688 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12692 (autoload (quote grep) "grep" "\
12693 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12694 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12695 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
12696 where grep found matches.
12698 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
12699 easily repeat a grep command.
12701 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12702 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12703 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
12704 if that history list is empty).
12706 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12708 (autoload (quote grep-find) "grep" "\
12709 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12710 Collect output in a buffer.
12711 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12712 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12714 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12715 easily repeat a find command.
12717 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12719 (defalias (quote find-grep) (quote grep-find))
12721 (autoload (quote lgrep) "grep" "\
12722 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in current directory.
12723 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12724 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12725 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12727 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12728 before it is executed.
12729 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12731 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12732 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error]
12733 in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12735 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12737 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES)" t nil)
12739 (autoload (quote rgrep) "grep" "\
12740 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12741 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12742 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12743 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12745 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12746 before it is executed.
12747 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12749 Collect output in a buffer. While find runs asynchronously, you
12750 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error]
12751 in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12753 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12755 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12759 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (17385 8485))
12760 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12762 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
12763 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12764 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12765 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12766 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12768 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12772 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-script-mode bashdb jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx
12773 ;;;;;; sdb gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (17661 55157))
12774 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12776 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
12777 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12778 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12779 directory and source-file directory for your debugger. By
12780 default this command starts GDB using a graphical interface. See
12781 `gdba' for more information.
12783 To run GDB in text command mode, set `gud-gdb-command-name' to
12784 \"gdb --fullname\" and include the pathname, if necessary.
12786 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12788 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
12789 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12790 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12791 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12793 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12795 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
12796 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12797 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12798 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12800 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12802 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
12803 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12804 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12805 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12807 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12808 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12810 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12812 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
12813 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12814 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12815 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12817 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12819 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
12820 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12821 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12822 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12824 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12826 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
12827 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12828 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12829 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12830 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12832 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12833 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12834 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12835 original source file access method.
12837 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12838 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12840 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12842 (autoload (quote bashdb) "gud" "\
12843 Run bashdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12844 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12845 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12847 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12848 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
12850 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("/\\.gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode)))
12852 (autoload (quote gdb-script-mode) "gud" "\
12853 Major mode for editing GDB scripts
12859 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (17385
12861 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12863 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
12864 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12865 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12866 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12868 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
12869 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
12870 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
12871 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
12877 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12878 ;;;;;; (17586 30575))
12879 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12881 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
12882 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12884 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12886 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
12887 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12888 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12889 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12891 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12895 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
12896 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12897 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12898 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12905 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12906 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12907 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12908 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (17709 24917))
12909 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12911 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "\
12912 Return the help-echo string at point.
12913 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12914 property, or nil, is returned.
12915 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12916 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12917 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12919 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
12921 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-kbd-string) "help-at-pt" "\
12922 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12923 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12924 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property. If
12925 this produces no string either, return nil.
12929 (autoload (quote display-local-help) "help-at-pt" "\
12930 Display local help in the echo area.
12931 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12932 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12933 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12936 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12937 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12938 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12940 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12942 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-cancel-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
12943 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12944 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12948 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-set-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
12949 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12950 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12954 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle (quote never) "\
12955 *Automatically show local help on point-over.
12956 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
12957 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
12958 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
12959 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
12960 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
12961 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
12962 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
12963 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
12964 a non-empty list disables the feature.
12966 This variable only takes effect after a call to
12967 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
12968 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
12969 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
12970 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12972 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
12973 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
12974 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
12975 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
12976 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
12977 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
12978 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
12979 The default is `never'.")
12981 (custom-autoload (quote help-at-pt-display-when-idle) "help-at-pt" nil)
12983 (autoload (quote scan-buf-move-to-region) "help-at-pt" "\
12984 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
12985 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
12986 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
12987 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
12988 considered different regions.
12990 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12991 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
12992 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
12993 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
12994 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
12995 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
12996 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
12997 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
12998 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13000 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13002 (autoload (quote scan-buf-next-region) "help-at-pt" "\
13003 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13004 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13005 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13008 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13009 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13010 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13011 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13012 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13013 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13014 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13015 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13017 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13018 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13019 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13020 rarely happens in practice.
13022 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13024 (autoload (quote scan-buf-previous-region) "help-at-pt" "\
13025 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13026 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13027 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13028 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13029 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG..
13031 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13035 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
13036 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-simplify-lib-file-name
13037 ;;;;;; help-C-file-name describe-function help-with-tutorial) "help-fns"
13038 ;;;;;; "help-fns.el" (17717 4883))
13039 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13041 (autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "\
13042 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
13043 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
13044 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
13045 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
13046 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
13048 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13050 (autoload (quote describe-function) "help-fns" "\
13051 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13053 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13055 (autoload (quote help-C-file-name) "help-fns" "\
13056 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13057 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13059 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13061 (autoload (quote describe-simplify-lib-file-name) "help-fns" "\
13062 Simplify a library name FILE to a relative name, and make it a source file.
13064 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
13066 (autoload (quote describe-function-1) "help-fns" "\
13069 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13071 (autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-fns" "\
13072 Return the bound variable symbol found around point.
13073 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13074 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13076 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13078 (autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-fns" "\
13079 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13080 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13081 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER (default to the current buffer),
13082 it is displayed along with the global value.
13084 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13086 (autoload (quote describe-syntax) "help-fns" "\
13087 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13088 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13089 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13091 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13093 (autoload (quote describe-categories) "help-fns" "\
13094 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13095 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13096 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13097 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13099 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13103 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
13104 ;;;;;; (17385 8485))
13105 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13107 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13108 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13109 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
13110 and window listing and describing the options.
13111 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
13112 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
13114 (custom-autoload (quote three-step-help) "help-macro")
13118 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
13119 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup
13120 ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (17604 60389))
13121 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13123 (autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\
13124 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13125 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13131 (autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" "\
13136 (autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" "\
13141 (autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\
13142 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13144 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13145 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13146 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13147 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13149 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13150 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13151 restore it properly when going back.
13153 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13155 (autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\
13156 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13158 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13159 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13160 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13161 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13162 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13163 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13164 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13165 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13167 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13168 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13169 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13170 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13172 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13173 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13176 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13178 (autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
13179 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13180 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13181 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13182 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13183 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13185 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13187 (autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
13188 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13189 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13190 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13191 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13193 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13195 (autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\
13196 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13198 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13202 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
13203 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (17585 27776))
13204 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13206 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
13207 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13211 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
13212 Provide help for current mode.
13218 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
13219 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (17585 27774))
13220 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13222 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
13223 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13224 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13225 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13226 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13228 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13229 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13231 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13232 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13233 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13234 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
13236 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13237 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
13240 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13245 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13246 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13247 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13248 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13249 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13250 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13251 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13252 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13253 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13254 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13255 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13256 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13257 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13258 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13259 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13261 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
13262 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13263 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
13265 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13268 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13270 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13271 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13272 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13274 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13275 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13276 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13278 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13279 into the buffer at the current point.
13281 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13282 into the buffer at the current point.
13284 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13285 into the buffer at the current point.
13287 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
13289 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13290 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13292 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13294 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13296 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13298 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
13299 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13300 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13301 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13303 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13305 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
13306 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13307 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13313 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
13314 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
13315 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
13316 ;;;;;; (17385 8485))
13317 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13319 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
13320 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
13322 If ARG positive, turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
13323 turn hi-lock on. To turn hi-lock on in all buffers use
13324 `global-hi-lock-mode' or in your .emacs file (global-hi-lock-mode 1).
13325 When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu is added
13326 to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, which can be
13327 called interactively, are:
13329 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13330 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13332 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13333 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13334 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13335 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13337 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13338 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13340 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13341 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13343 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13344 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
13345 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13346 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13347 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13348 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
13350 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13351 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13353 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
13354 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
13356 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
13357 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
13358 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
13359 Patterns will be read until
13361 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13363 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13365 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13366 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13367 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13368 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13369 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13371 (custom-autoload (quote global-hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock")
13373 (put (quote global-hi-lock-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
13375 (autoload (quote global-hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
13376 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in every buffer.
13377 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hi-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
13378 Hi-Lock mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
13379 in which `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' turns it on.
13381 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13383 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
13385 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13386 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13388 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13389 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13390 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13391 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13393 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13395 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
13397 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13398 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13400 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13401 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13402 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13403 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13405 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13407 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
13409 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13410 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13412 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
13413 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
13415 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13417 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
13419 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13420 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13422 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
13423 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
13424 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
13425 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
13426 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13428 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13430 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
13431 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13433 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13434 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13435 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13441 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
13442 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (17520 49736))
13443 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13445 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
13446 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
13447 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13448 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
13449 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
13450 how the hiding is done:
13453 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13454 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13457 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13458 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13459 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13460 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13461 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13464 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13465 #endif lines when hiding.
13467 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13468 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13471 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13472 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13473 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13475 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13477 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13479 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
13480 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
13482 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-initially) "hideif")
13484 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
13485 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
13487 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-read-only) "hideif")
13489 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
13490 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
13492 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-lines) "hideif")
13496 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13497 ;;;;;; (17394 12938))
13498 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13500 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
13501 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13502 Each element has the form
13503 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13505 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13506 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13508 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13509 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13511 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13512 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13513 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13514 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13515 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13516 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13518 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13519 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13521 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13522 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13524 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13525 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13526 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13528 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
13529 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
13530 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13531 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13532 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13533 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13535 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13536 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13537 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13539 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13540 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13542 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13545 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13547 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13551 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
13552 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13553 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13554 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
13555 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (17394 12936))
13556 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13558 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
13559 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13560 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13562 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13564 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
13565 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
13567 Without an argument:
13568 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
13569 or passive state as determined by the variable
13570 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
13573 With an argument ARG:
13574 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
13575 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
13576 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
13578 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
13579 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
13580 not displayed in a different face.
13583 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13584 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13585 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13586 buffer with the contents of a file
13587 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13588 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
13592 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode
13593 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
13594 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode
13596 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13598 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
13599 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13603 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
13604 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13608 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
13609 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
13611 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13612 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13613 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13614 shown in the last face in the list.
13616 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13617 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13618 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13620 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13624 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-buffers) "hilit-chg" "\
13625 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13627 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13629 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13632 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13633 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13635 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13636 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13637 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13639 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13641 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
13642 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13644 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13645 this function is called interactively.
13647 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13648 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13649 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13651 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13652 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13653 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13655 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13657 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
13658 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
13660 When called interactively:
13661 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
13662 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
13663 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
13664 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
13666 When called from a program:
13667 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
13668 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
13669 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
13670 - otherwise just turn it on
13672 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
13673 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
13674 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
13675 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'.
13677 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13681 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
13682 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
13683 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
13684 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
13685 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (17385 8485))
13686 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13688 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
13689 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13690 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13691 or insert functions in this list.")
13693 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp")
13695 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
13696 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
13698 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-verbose) "hippie-exp")
13700 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
13701 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
13703 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space) "hippie-exp")
13705 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
13706 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
13708 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol) "hippie-exp")
13710 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
13711 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13713 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-no-restriction) "hippie-exp")
13715 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
13716 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13717 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13719 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-max-buffers) "hippie-exp")
13721 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
13722 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13723 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13726 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-ignore-buffers) "hippie-exp")
13728 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
13729 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13730 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13731 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13732 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13734 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-only-buffers) "hippie-exp")
13736 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
13737 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13738 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13739 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13740 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13742 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13743 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13744 undoes the expansion.
13748 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
13749 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13750 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13751 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13753 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
13757 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13758 ;;;;;; (17656 37701))
13759 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13761 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
13762 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
13763 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13765 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13766 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13767 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13768 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13769 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13771 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13772 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13773 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13774 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13776 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13778 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13779 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13780 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13781 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13782 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13783 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13785 (custom-autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" nil)
13787 (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
13788 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
13789 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13791 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13792 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13794 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13798 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
13799 ;;;;;; (17427 10521))
13800 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13802 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\
13803 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13804 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
13806 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13808 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13810 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
13811 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13813 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'.
13814 If you want to control what holidays are displayed, use a
13815 different list. For example,
13817 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13818 (append general-holidays local-holidays other-holidays))
13820 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the 3
13821 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13823 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13824 holidays, based on the variables `solar-holidays' etc. See the
13825 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13826 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13829 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13831 \(fn Y1 Y2 &optional L LABEL)" t nil)
13835 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
13836 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "obsolete/hscroll.el" (17385 8495))
13837 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/hscroll.el
13839 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
13840 This function is obsolete.
13841 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
13842 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
13846 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
13847 This function is obsolete.
13848 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
13849 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
13851 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13853 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
13854 This function is obsolete.
13855 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
13856 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
13858 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13862 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (17403
13864 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13866 (autoload (quote html2text) "html2text" "\
13867 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13873 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
13874 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers
13875 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-help-buffers ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers
13876 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers
13877 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp
13878 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
13879 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
13880 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
13881 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
13882 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
13883 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
13884 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
13885 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
13886 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
13887 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
13888 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
13889 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
13890 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
13891 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
13892 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
13893 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
13894 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
13895 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (17698 30385))
13896 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
13898 (autoload (quote ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13899 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
13900 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
13902 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13904 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13905 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
13907 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13909 (autoload (quote ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13910 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
13912 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
13914 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13915 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
13917 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13919 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13920 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
13924 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13925 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13927 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13929 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13930 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13932 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13933 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext")
13934 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext")
13935 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext")
13936 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext")
13937 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext")
13938 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext")
13939 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext")
13940 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13941 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext")
13942 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13943 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext")
13945 (autoload (quote ibuffer-included-in-filters-p) "ibuf-ext" "\
13948 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
13950 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13951 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
13955 (autoload (quote ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13956 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
13960 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13961 Remove the first filter group.
13965 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13966 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
13968 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
13970 (autoload (quote ibuffer-clear-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13971 Remove all filter groups.
13975 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13976 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
13980 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13981 Kill the filter group named NAME.
13982 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
13986 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-line) "ibuf-ext" "\
13987 Kill the filter group at point.
13988 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
13990 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
13992 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank) "ibuf-ext" "\
13993 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
13997 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13998 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
14002 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
14003 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
14004 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
14005 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
14007 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
14009 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
14010 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
14011 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
14015 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
14016 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
14017 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filters' is used.
14018 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
14019 of replacing the current filters.
14023 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filter-disable) "ibuf-ext" "\
14024 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
14028 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
14029 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
14033 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
14034 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
14036 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
14037 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
14038 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
14042 (autoload (quote ibuffer-exchange-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14043 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
14047 (autoload (quote ibuffer-negate-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
14048 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
14052 (autoload (quote ibuffer-or-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
14053 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
14054 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
14057 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
14059 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14060 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14061 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
14063 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
14065 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14066 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14070 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14071 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
14075 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14076 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14077 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
14078 of replacing the current filters.
14081 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext")
14082 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext")
14083 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext")
14084 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext")
14085 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext")
14086 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext")
14087 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext")
14088 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext")
14090 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
14091 Toggle the current sorting mode.
14092 Default sorting modes are:
14093 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
14094 Name - the name of the buffer
14095 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
14096 Size - the size of the buffer
14100 (autoload (quote ibuffer-invert-sorting) "ibuf-ext" "\
14101 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
14104 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext")
14105 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext")
14106 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext")
14107 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext")
14109 (autoload (quote ibuffer-bs-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
14110 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
14114 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide) "ibuf-ext" "\
14115 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
14116 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
14117 for this Ibuffer session.
14119 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14121 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
14122 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
14123 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
14124 for this Ibuffer session.
14126 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14128 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
14129 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14131 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14132 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14134 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
14135 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
14137 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
14139 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backwards-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
14140 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14142 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14143 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14145 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
14147 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-kill-lines) "ibuf-ext" "\
14148 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
14152 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-buffer) "ibuf-ext" "\
14153 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
14155 If called interactively, prompt for a buffer name and go to the
14156 corresponding line in the Ibuffer buffer. If said buffer is in a
14157 hidden group filter, open it.
14159 If `ibuffer-jump-offer-only-visible-buffers' is non-nil, only offer
14160 visible buffers in the completion list. Calling the command with
14161 a prefix argument reverses the meaning of that variable.
14165 (autoload (quote ibuffer-diff-with-file) "ibuf-ext" "\
14166 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
14167 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
14171 (autoload (quote ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill) "ibuf-ext" "\
14172 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
14174 The names are separated by a space.
14175 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
14177 With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file.
14178 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file.
14179 With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative
14180 to `ibuffer-default-directory' iff non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'.
14182 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank].
14184 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14186 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14187 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
14189 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14191 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14192 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
14194 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14196 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14197 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
14199 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14201 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
14202 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
14206 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14207 Mark all modified buffers.
14211 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14212 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
14216 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14217 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
14221 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-help-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14222 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
14226 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14227 Mark buffers whose associated file is compressed.
14231 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-old-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14232 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' days.
14236 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-special-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14237 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
14241 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14242 Mark all read-only buffers.
14246 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14247 Mark all `dired' buffers.
14251 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-occur) "ibuf-ext" "\
14252 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
14253 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
14256 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
14260 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
14261 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (17476
14263 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14265 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "\
14266 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14268 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14269 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14270 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14272 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14273 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14274 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14275 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14276 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14277 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14279 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14280 title of the column.
14282 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14283 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14284 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14285 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14286 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14288 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14290 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-sorter) "ibuf-macs" "\
14291 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14292 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14293 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14294 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14296 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14297 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14298 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14300 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14302 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-op) "ibuf-macs" "\
14303 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14304 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14305 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14306 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14307 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14309 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14310 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14311 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14312 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14313 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14314 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14315 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14316 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14318 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14319 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14320 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14321 buffer's modification flag.
14322 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14323 prompted before performing this operation.
14324 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14325 operation is complete, in the form:
14326 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14327 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14328 confirmation message, in the form:
14329 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14330 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14331 macro for exactly what it does.
14333 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14335 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-filter) "ibuf-macs" "\
14336 Define a filter named NAME.
14337 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14338 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14339 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14341 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14342 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14343 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14344 bound to the current value of the filter.
14346 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14350 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
14351 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (17647 30728))
14352 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14354 (autoload (quote ibuffer-list-buffers) "ibuffer" "\
14355 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14356 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14357 buffers which are visiting a file.
14359 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14361 (autoload (quote ibuffer-other-window) "ibuffer" "\
14362 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14363 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14364 buffers which are visiting a file.
14366 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14368 (autoload (quote ibuffer) "ibuffer" "\
14369 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14370 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14372 All arguments are optional.
14373 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14374 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14375 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14376 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14377 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14378 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14379 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14380 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14381 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14382 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14383 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14384 that value locally in this buffer.
14386 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14390 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
14391 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
14392 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (17403 27597))
14393 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14395 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-file) "icalendar" "\
14396 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14397 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14398 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14400 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14402 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-region) "icalendar" "\
14403 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14404 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14405 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14407 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14408 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14409 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14411 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14413 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-file) "icalendar" "\
14414 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14415 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14416 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14417 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14418 non-marking or not.
14420 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14422 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-buffer) "icalendar" "\
14423 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14425 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14426 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14429 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14430 when DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14431 DO-NOT-ASK is set to t, so that you are asked fore each event.
14433 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14436 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14437 means that an error has occured. Error messages will be in the
14438 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14440 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14444 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (17686
14446 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14448 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14449 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14450 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14451 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14452 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14453 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14455 (custom-autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" nil)
14457 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
14458 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
14459 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive.
14461 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14465 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (17394 12938))
14466 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14468 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
14469 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14470 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14471 Tab indents for Icon code.
14472 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14473 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14475 Variables controlling indentation style:
14476 icon-tab-always-indent
14477 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14478 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14480 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14481 inserted in Icon code.
14483 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14484 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14485 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14486 icon-continued-statement-offset
14487 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14488 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14489 icon-continued-brace-offset
14490 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14491 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14493 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14494 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14495 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14496 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14498 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14499 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14505 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
14506 ;;;;;; (17601 9092))
14507 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14509 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
14510 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14511 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14512 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14514 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14515 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14518 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14519 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14521 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14522 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14523 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14525 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14527 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14531 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
14532 ;;;;;; (17670 58701))
14533 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14535 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
14536 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.0_em22).
14538 The main features of this mode are
14540 1. Indentation and Formatting
14541 --------------------------
14542 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14543 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14545 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14546 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14547 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14548 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14550 Comments are indented as follows:
14552 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14553 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14554 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14556 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14558 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14559 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14560 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14561 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14562 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14563 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14565 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14566 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14567 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14568 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14572 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14573 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14574 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14575 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14576 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14577 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14578 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14579 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14580 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14581 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14586 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14587 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14588 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14589 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14593 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14594 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14595 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14596 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14597 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14600 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14601 --------------------------------
14602 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14603 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
14605 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14606 \\fu FUNCTION template
14607 \\c CASE statement template
14608 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14609 \\f FOR loop template
14610 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14611 \\w WHILE loop template
14612 \\i IF statement template
14613 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14616 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14617 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14619 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14620 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14621 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14622 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14624 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14625 -------------------------
14626 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14627 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14629 7. Automatic END completion
14630 ------------------------
14631 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14632 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14636 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14637 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14639 9. Documentation and Customization
14640 -------------------------------
14641 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14642 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14643 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14644 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
14645 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14649 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14650 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14651 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14653 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14656 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[Pp][Rr][Oo]\\'" . idlwave-mode))
14660 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14661 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14662 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14663 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14664 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14665 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14666 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14667 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (17717
14669 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14671 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14672 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14673 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
14674 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14676 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14677 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14678 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14680 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14681 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14683 (custom-autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" nil)
14685 (autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" "\
14686 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
14687 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14688 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14689 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14690 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14691 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14692 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14693 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14695 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14697 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer) "ido" "\
14698 Switch to another buffer.
14699 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14700 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14703 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14704 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14705 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14706 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14707 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14709 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14710 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14712 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
14713 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
14715 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14716 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14717 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14718 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14719 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14720 in a separate window.
14721 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14722 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14723 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14724 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14725 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14726 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14727 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14728 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14729 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14733 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-window) "ido" "\
14734 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14735 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14736 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14740 (autoload (quote ido-display-buffer) "ido" "\
14741 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14742 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14743 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14747 (autoload (quote ido-kill-buffer) "ido" "\
14749 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14750 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14754 (autoload (quote ido-insert-buffer) "ido" "\
14755 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14756 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14757 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14761 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-frame) "ido" "\
14762 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14763 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14764 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14768 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-in-dir) "ido" "\
14769 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14773 (autoload (quote ido-find-file) "ido" "\
14774 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14775 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14776 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14777 visible in another frame.
14779 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14780 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14781 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14782 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14783 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14784 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14786 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14787 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14789 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
14790 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
14792 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14793 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14794 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14795 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14796 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14797 in a separate window.
14798 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14799 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14800 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14801 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14802 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14803 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14804 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14805 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14806 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14807 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14808 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14809 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
14810 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14811 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14812 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14816 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-window) "ido" "\
14817 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14818 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14819 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14823 (autoload (quote ido-find-alternate-file) "ido" "\
14824 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14825 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14826 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14830 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only) "ido" "\
14831 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14832 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14833 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14837 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-window) "ido" "\
14838 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14839 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14840 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14844 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame) "ido" "\
14845 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14846 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14847 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14851 (autoload (quote ido-display-file) "ido" "\
14852 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14853 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14854 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14858 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-frame) "ido" "\
14859 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14860 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14861 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14865 (autoload (quote ido-write-file) "ido" "\
14866 Write current buffer to a file.
14867 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14868 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14872 (autoload (quote ido-insert-file) "ido" "\
14873 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14874 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14875 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14879 (autoload (quote ido-dired) "ido" "\
14880 Call dired the ido way.
14881 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14882 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14886 (autoload (quote ido-read-buffer) "ido" "\
14887 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14888 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14889 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14890 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14891 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14893 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14895 (autoload (quote ido-read-file-name) "ido" "\
14896 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14897 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14898 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14900 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14902 (autoload (quote ido-read-directory-name) "ido" "\
14903 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14904 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14905 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14907 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14909 (autoload (quote ido-completing-read) "ido" "\
14910 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14911 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14912 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14913 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14914 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
14915 with `completing-read'.
14916 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14917 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14918 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14919 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14920 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14921 with point positioned at the end.
14922 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14923 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14925 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil)
14929 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (17385 8485))
14930 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14931 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
14933 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
14934 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14935 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14941 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el"
14942 ;;;;;; (17385 8485))
14943 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14945 (autoload (quote turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
14946 Unconditionally turn on iimage mode.
14950 (autoload (quote iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
14951 Toggle inline image minor mode.
14953 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14957 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-sliced-image
14958 ;;;;;; insert-image put-image create-image image-type-available-p
14959 ;;;;;; image-type image-type-from-file-name image-type-from-file-header
14960 ;;;;;; image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el"
14961 ;;;;;; (17485 5460))
14962 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14964 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
14965 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14966 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14969 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14971 (autoload (quote image-type-from-buffer) "image" "\
14972 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14973 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14978 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
14979 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14980 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14983 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14985 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-name) "image" "\
14986 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14987 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14990 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14992 (autoload (quote image-type) "image" "\
14993 Determine and return image type.
14994 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14995 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14996 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14997 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14998 use its file extension as image type.
14999 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
15001 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
15003 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
15004 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
15005 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
15007 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
15009 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
15011 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
15012 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15013 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15014 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
15015 use its file extension as image type.
15016 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
15017 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
15018 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
15019 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
15021 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15023 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
15025 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
15026 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
15027 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
15028 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
15029 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
15030 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
15031 POS may be an integer or marker.
15032 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15033 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15034 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15035 means display it in the right marginal area.
15037 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
15039 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
15040 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15041 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15042 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
15043 defaulted if you omit it.
15044 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15045 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15046 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15047 means display it in the right marginal area.
15048 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
15049 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
15050 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
15051 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
15052 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
15054 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
15056 (autoload (quote insert-sliced-image) "image" "\
15057 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15058 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15059 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
15060 defaulted if you omit it.
15061 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15062 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15063 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15064 means display it in the right marginal area.
15065 The image is automatically split into ROW x COLS slices.
15067 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15069 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
15070 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15071 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15072 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15074 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15076 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
15077 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15079 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15081 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15082 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15083 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15084 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15085 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15086 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15087 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15088 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15091 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15093 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15095 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15097 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
15098 Define SYMBOL as an image.
15100 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15101 documentation string.
15103 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15104 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15105 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15106 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15107 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15108 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15109 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15114 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15115 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15117 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
15121 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
15122 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
15123 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (17385 8485))
15124 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15126 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm")) "\
15127 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
15128 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15129 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15131 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15132 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15133 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15134 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15136 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-extensions) "image-file")
15138 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15139 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15140 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15141 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15143 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15144 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15145 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15146 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15148 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-regexps) "image-file")
15150 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
15151 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15155 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
15156 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15157 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15158 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15160 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15162 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15163 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15164 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15165 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15166 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15168 (custom-autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file")
15170 (put (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
15172 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
15173 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
15174 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
15175 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
15177 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
15178 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15179 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15181 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15185 ;;;### (autoloads (image-mode-maybe image-minor-mode image-mode)
15186 ;;;;;; "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (17656 37701))
15187 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15188 (push '("\\.jpe?g\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15189 (push '("\\.png\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15190 (push '("\\.gif\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15191 (push '("\\.tiff?\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15192 (push '("\\.p[bpgn]m\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15193 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
15195 (autoload (quote image-mode) "image-mode" "\
15196 Major mode for image files.
15197 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15198 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15202 (autoload (quote image-minor-mode) "image-mode" "\
15203 Toggle Image minor mode.
15204 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
15205 See the command `image-mode' for more information on this mode.
15207 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15209 (autoload (quote image-mode-maybe) "image-mode" "\
15210 Set major or minor mode for image files.
15211 Set Image major mode only when there are no other major modes
15212 associated with a filename in `auto-mode-alist'. When an image
15213 filename matches another major mode in `auto-mode-alist' then
15214 set that major mode and Image minor mode.
15216 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more
15217 information on these modes.
15223 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
15224 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (17656 38154))
15225 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15227 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15228 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15230 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15232 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15233 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15236 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15238 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15239 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15240 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15242 (custom-autoload (quote imenu-sort-function) "imenu" t)
15244 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15245 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
15247 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15248 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
15249 pattern's structure.
15251 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
15252 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
15253 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
15256 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
15258 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
15259 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15261 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15262 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15263 called within a `save-excursion'.
15265 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15267 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
15269 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
15270 Function for finding the next index position.
15272 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15273 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15274 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15277 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15278 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15280 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
15282 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15283 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15285 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15286 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15287 It should return the name for that index item.")
15289 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
15291 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15292 Function to compare string with index item.
15294 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15295 non-nil if they match.
15297 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15298 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15299 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15300 arguments match\".")
15302 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
15304 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
15305 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15306 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15308 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
15310 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
15312 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
15314 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
15315 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15316 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15317 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15321 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
15322 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15324 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15328 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
15329 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15330 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15331 for more information.
15333 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15337 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-char-glyph indian-glyph-char in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
15338 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
15339 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (17340 11482))
15340 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15342 (autoload (quote indian-compose-region) "ind-util" "\
15343 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15345 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15347 (autoload (quote indian-compose-string) "ind-util" "\
15350 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15352 (autoload (quote in-is13194-post-read-conversion) "ind-util" "\
15355 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15357 (autoload (quote in-is13194-pre-write-conversion) "ind-util" "\
15360 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15362 (autoload (quote indian-glyph-char) "ind-util" "\
15363 Return character of charset `indian-glyph' made from glyph index INDEX.
15364 The variable `indian-default-script' specifies the script of the glyph.
15365 Optional argument SCRIPT, if non-nil, overrides `indian-default-script'.
15366 See also the function `indian-char-glyph'.
15368 \(fn INDEX &optional SCRIPT)" nil nil)
15370 (autoload (quote indian-char-glyph) "ind-util" "\
15371 Return information about the glyph code for CHAR of `indian-glyph' charset.
15372 The value is (INDEX . SCRIPT), where INDEX is the glyph index
15373 in the font that Indian script name SCRIPT specifies.
15374 See also the function `indian-glyph-char'.
15376 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
15380 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
15381 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
15382 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (17536 30816))
15383 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15385 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
15386 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
15387 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
15388 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
15389 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
15391 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp")
15393 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
15394 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
15396 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-program) "inf-lisp")
15398 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
15399 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
15400 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
15401 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
15402 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
15403 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
15404 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
15405 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
15407 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-load-command) "inf-lisp")
15409 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
15410 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
15411 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
15412 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
15413 Inferior Lisp buffer.
15415 This variable is only used if the variable
15416 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
15418 More precise choices:
15419 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
15420 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
15423 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
15425 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-prompt) "inf-lisp")
15427 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
15428 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
15430 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
15431 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15432 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15434 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15435 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15436 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15437 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15440 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
15442 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
15446 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
15447 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-apropos Info-index
15448 ;;;;;; Info-directory Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-manual
15449 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (17664 34046))
15450 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15452 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
15453 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15455 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
15456 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
15457 (put 'info 'info-file "emacs")
15459 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
15460 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15461 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15462 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15463 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15464 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
15465 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15466 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15467 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15468 with the top-level Info directory.
15470 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15471 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15472 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
15473 appended to the Info buffer name.
15475 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15476 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15477 in all the directories in that path.
15479 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15481 (autoload (quote info-emacs-manual) "info" "\
15482 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15486 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
15487 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15488 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15489 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15493 (autoload (quote Info-on-current-buffer) "info" "\
15494 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15495 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15496 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15498 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15500 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
15501 Go to the Info directory node.
15505 (autoload (quote Info-index) "info" "\
15506 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15507 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15508 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15509 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15510 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15512 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15514 (autoload (quote info-apropos) "info" "\
15515 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15516 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15518 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15520 (autoload (quote Info-mode) "info" "\
15521 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15522 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15523 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15524 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15526 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15527 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15529 Selecting other nodes:
15530 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15531 Follow a node reference you click on.
15532 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15533 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15534 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15535 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15536 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15537 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15538 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15539 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15540 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15541 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15542 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15543 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15544 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15545 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15546 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15547 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15548 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15549 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15550 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15551 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15553 Moving within a node:
15554 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15555 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15556 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15557 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15558 move up to the parent node.
15559 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15560 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15562 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15565 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15566 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15567 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15568 \\[Info-search-next] Search for another occurrence of regexp
15569 from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-search] command.
15570 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15571 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15572 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15573 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15574 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15575 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15576 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15577 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15578 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15579 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15580 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15583 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15585 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
15586 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15587 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15588 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15589 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15590 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15592 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15593 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15595 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
15596 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15598 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15599 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15600 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15601 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15605 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
15606 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15607 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15613 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15614 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15615 ;;;;;; (17712 850))
15616 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15618 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
15619 Throw away all cached data.
15620 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15621 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15625 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15627 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
15628 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15629 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
15630 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
15631 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15632 The default symbol is the one found at point.
15634 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15636 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15637 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15639 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
15640 Display the documentation of a file.
15641 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15642 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15643 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15644 The default file name is the one found at point.
15646 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15648 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15650 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
15651 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15653 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15655 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
15656 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15658 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15662 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
15663 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (17520 49736))
15664 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15666 (autoload (quote info-xref-check) "info-xref" "\
15667 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15669 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15671 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all) "info-xref" "\
15672 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
15673 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
15677 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all-custom) "info-xref" "\
15678 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15679 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
15681 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
15682 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
15689 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
15690 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (17385 8485))
15691 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15693 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
15694 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15696 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15698 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
15699 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15700 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
15702 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15703 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15704 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15706 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15707 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15708 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15709 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15713 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
15714 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15715 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15719 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
15720 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15721 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15722 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15723 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15729 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15730 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15731 ;;;;;; (17120 44797))
15732 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15734 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
15735 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15739 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
15740 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15744 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" "\
15747 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
15751 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (17385
15753 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15755 (autoload (quote isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "\
15756 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15757 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15758 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15759 accessed via isearchb.
15765 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "obsolete/iso-acc.el"
15766 ;;;;;; (17385 8495))
15767 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/iso-acc.el
15769 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
15770 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
15771 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
15772 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
15773 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
15774 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
15776 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
15777 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
15779 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
15780 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
15781 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
15782 \"s gives German sharp s.
15783 /a gives a with ring.
15784 /e gives an a-e ligature.
15785 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
15786 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
15787 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
15789 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
15790 and a negative argument disables it.
15792 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15796 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
15797 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
15798 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
15799 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (17102 18714))
15800 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15802 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
15803 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15804 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15805 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15807 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15809 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
15810 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15811 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15812 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15814 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15816 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
15817 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15818 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15819 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15821 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15823 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15824 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15825 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15826 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15828 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15830 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15831 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15832 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15833 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15835 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15837 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
15838 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15839 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15840 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15842 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15844 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
15845 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15846 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15847 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15849 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15851 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
15852 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15853 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15854 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15856 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15858 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15859 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15860 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15861 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15863 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15865 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
15866 Warn that format is read-only.
15870 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
15871 Warn that format is write-only.
15875 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
15876 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
15882 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
15883 ;;;;;; (17102 18715))
15884 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
15885 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
15886 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
15887 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
15891 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
15892 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
15893 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
15894 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-local-dictionary-alist
15895 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
15896 ;;;;;; (17685 33972))
15897 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
15898 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
15900 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
15901 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
15902 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
15903 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
15905 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" t)
15906 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
15908 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
15909 *List of local or customized dictionary definitions.
15910 These can override the values in `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15912 To make permanent changes to your dictionary definitions, you
15913 will need to make your changes in this variable, save, and then
15916 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-local-dictionary-alist) "ispell" t)
15918 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil nil nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
15920 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
15922 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-3) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-3) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-'.@]" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\".@]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1))))
15924 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-.]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
15926 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "." nil nil nil iso-8859-2) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
15928 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil nil nil koi8-r) ("russianw" "[\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "[^\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "" nil nil nil windows-1251) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("slovenian" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "slovenian") nil iso-8859-2) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1))))
15930 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
15931 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
15933 Each element of this list is also a list:
15935 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
15936 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
15938 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
15939 nil means the default dictionary.
15941 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
15944 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
15946 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
15947 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
15948 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
15949 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
15950 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
15951 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
15952 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
15953 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
15954 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
15956 CASECHAS, NOT-CASECHARS, and OTHERCHARS must be a unibyte string
15957 containing bytes of CHARACTER-SET. In addition, if they contain
15958 a non-ASCII byte, the regular expression must be a single
15959 `character set' construct that doesn't specify a character range
15960 for non-ASCII bytes.
15962 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
15963 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
15966 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
15969 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
15970 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
15971 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
15972 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
15973 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
15974 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
15975 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
15976 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
15978 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
15980 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
15981 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
15982 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
15984 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
15985 Key map for ispell menu.")
15987 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
15988 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
15989 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
15990 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
15992 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) (quote reload)))
15994 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] (quote (menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group (quote ispell))) :help "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] (quote (menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
15996 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
15998 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode (quote mail-mode)) :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
16000 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
16001 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16002 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16003 Valid forms include:
16004 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16005 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16006 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16007 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16009 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16010 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16011 First list is used raw.
16012 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16014 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16015 for skipping in latex mode.")
16017 (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists (quote (("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]"))) "\
16018 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16019 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'
16020 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16021 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16022 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16024 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
16025 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16026 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16027 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16029 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16030 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16031 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16032 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16033 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16035 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16036 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16038 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16039 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16041 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16042 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16045 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16046 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16047 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16048 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16049 quit spell session exited.
16051 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE)" t nil)
16053 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\
16054 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16055 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16057 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16059 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
16060 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16064 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16065 SPC: Accept word this time.
16066 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16067 `a': Accept word for this session.
16068 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16069 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16070 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16071 `?': Show these commands.
16072 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16073 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16074 the aborted check to be completed later.
16075 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16076 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16077 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16078 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16079 `C-l': redraws screen
16080 `C-r': recursive edit
16081 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame
16085 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
16086 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16087 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16089 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
16091 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
16092 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16093 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16094 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16096 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16098 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16100 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
16101 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16102 Return nil if spell session is quit,
16103 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
16105 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16107 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
16108 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16112 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
16113 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16117 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
16118 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16122 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
16123 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
16124 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16125 sequence inside of a word.
16127 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16129 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16131 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
16132 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16136 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
16137 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16138 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16139 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16141 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16142 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16143 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16144 available on the net.
16148 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
16149 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
16150 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
16152 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
16153 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
16155 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
16156 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
16158 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16160 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
16161 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16162 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16163 Don't check included messages.
16165 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16166 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16167 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
16169 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16170 in your .emacs file:
16171 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16172 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16173 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16174 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16176 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16177 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16178 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16184 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (17440
16186 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
16188 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
16189 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16190 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
16191 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16192 use either \\[customize] or the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
16194 (custom-autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb")
16196 (put (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
16198 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
16199 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
16200 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
16201 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
16202 `iswitchb' for details.
16204 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16208 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
16209 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
16210 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
16211 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (17102 18773))
16212 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16214 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" "\
16219 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
16220 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16221 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16222 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16223 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16224 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16225 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16226 necessary to represent OBJ.
16228 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16230 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
16231 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16232 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16233 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16235 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16237 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
16238 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16239 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16240 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16241 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16243 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16245 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
16246 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16247 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16248 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16250 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16252 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
16253 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16254 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16255 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16257 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16259 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
16260 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16262 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16264 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
16265 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16266 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16267 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16268 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16270 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16272 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
16273 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16274 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16275 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16276 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16278 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16280 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
16281 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16282 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16284 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16288 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
16289 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (17411 10839))
16290 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16292 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16293 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16294 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16295 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16297 (autoload (quote jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr" "\
16300 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16302 (autoload (quote jka-compr-uninstall) "jka-compr" "\
16303 Uninstall jka-compr.
16304 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16305 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
16306 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16312 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
16313 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
16314 ;;;;;; (17385 8491))
16315 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16317 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16318 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16319 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16320 decimal key must be specified.")
16322 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad")
16324 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16325 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16326 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16327 decimal key must be specified.")
16329 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-setup) "keypad")
16331 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16332 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16333 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16334 decimal key must be specified.")
16336 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-shifted-setup) "keypad")
16338 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16339 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16340 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16341 decimal key must be specified.")
16343 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-shifted-setup) "keypad")
16345 (autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" "\
16346 Set keypad bindings in function-key-map according to SETUP.
16347 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16348 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16349 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16353 -------------------------------------------------------------
16354 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16355 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16356 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16357 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16358 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16359 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16360 in the global and local keymaps.
16362 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16363 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16365 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16369 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
16370 ;;;;;; (17304 45460))
16371 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16373 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
16374 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16375 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16377 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16378 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16379 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16380 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16383 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16384 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16385 the context of text formatting.
16387 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16391 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (17721
16393 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16395 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16396 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16397 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16398 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16399 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16400 positions that contains the current selection.")
16402 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
16403 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16404 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16405 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16406 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16407 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16408 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16410 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16414 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
16415 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
16416 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro"
16417 ;;;;;; "kmacro.el" (17651 3608))
16418 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16419 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16420 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16421 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16422 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16423 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16424 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16425 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16427 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro" "\
16428 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16429 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16430 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16431 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16433 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16435 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16436 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16437 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16439 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16440 defining the macro.
16442 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16443 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16444 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16446 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16447 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16451 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-macro) "kmacro" "\
16452 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16453 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16454 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16455 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16458 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16459 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16460 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16464 (autoload (quote kmacro-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16465 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16466 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16468 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16469 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16470 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16471 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16473 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16474 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16476 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
16478 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter) "kmacro" "\
16479 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16480 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16482 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16485 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16486 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16488 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16489 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16490 inserts previous kmacro-counter (but do not modify counter).
16492 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16493 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16497 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-or-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16498 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16499 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16500 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16502 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16504 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-and-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16505 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16506 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16507 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16509 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16510 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16512 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16514 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-call-mouse) "kmacro" "\
16515 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16516 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16518 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16522 ;;;### (autoloads (kannada-post-read-conversion kannada-compose-string
16523 ;;;;;; kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "language/knd-util.el"
16524 ;;;;;; (17102 18774))
16525 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/knd-util.el
16527 (defconst kannada-consonant "[\x51f75-\x51fb9]")
16529 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "\
16532 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16534 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-string) "knd-util" "\
16537 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
16539 (autoload (quote kannada-post-read-conversion) "knd-util" "\
16542 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16546 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16547 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (17102 18775))
16548 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16550 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
16551 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16552 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16554 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" "\
16561 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16562 ;;;;;; (17579 53341))
16563 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16565 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
16567 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
16568 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16572 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
16574 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
16575 Start or resume an Lm game.
16576 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16577 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16579 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16580 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16581 none / 1 | yes | no
16586 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
16587 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16588 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16594 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-post-read-conversion
16595 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao
16596 ;;;;;; lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (17102
16598 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16600 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "\
16603 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16605 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
16606 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16607 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16608 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16609 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16610 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16612 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16613 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16615 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16617 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
16618 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16620 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16622 (autoload (quote lao-post-read-conversion) "lao-util" "\
16625 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16627 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
16628 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
16629 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
16630 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
16633 The return value is number of composed characters.
16635 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
16637 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" "\
16640 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16644 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16645 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16646 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (17664 20313))
16647 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16649 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (quote (("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16650 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16651 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16652 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16654 (custom-autoload (quote latex-inputenc-coding-alist) "latexenc" t)
16656 (autoload (quote latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
16657 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16658 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16660 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16662 (autoload (quote latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc) "latexenc" "\
16663 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16664 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16668 (autoload (quote latexenc-find-file-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
16669 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16670 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16671 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16673 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16677 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16678 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (17102 18720))
16679 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16681 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16682 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16683 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16684 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16685 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16686 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16687 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16688 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16690 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16691 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16693 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16694 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16696 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp")
16698 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
16699 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16700 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16701 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16702 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16703 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
16704 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
16705 a Unicode font with which to display them.
16707 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16709 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16710 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16711 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16712 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16714 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16715 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16717 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) "latin1-disp")
16721 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
16722 ;;;;;; "obsolete/lazy-lock.el" (17385 8495))
16723 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/lazy-lock.el
16725 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
16726 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
16727 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
16728 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
16730 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
16732 For a newer font-lock support mode with similar functionality, see
16733 `jit-lock-mode'. Eventually, Lazy Lock mode will be deprecated in
16736 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
16738 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
16739 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
16740 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
16741 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
16742 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
16745 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
16746 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
16747 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
16748 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
16749 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
16751 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
16752 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
16753 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
16754 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
16755 slow to keep up with your typing.
16757 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
16758 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
16759 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
16760 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
16761 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
16762 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
16764 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
16765 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
16766 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
16767 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
16769 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behavior fontifies modified
16770 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
16771 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
16772 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
16774 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
16775 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
16776 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
16777 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
16778 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'.
16780 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16782 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
16783 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode.
16789 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
16790 ;;;;;; (17607 45513))
16791 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16793 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.ld[si]?\\>" . ld-script-mode)))
16795 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.x[bdsru]?[cn]?\\'" . ld-script-mode)))
16797 (autoload (quote ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "\
16798 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16804 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
16805 ;;;;;; (17385 8486))
16806 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
16808 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
16809 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
16811 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
16812 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
16814 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
16815 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
16817 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
16818 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
16819 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
16820 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
16821 for later transmission to Lisp job.
16822 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
16823 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
16824 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
16825 and transmit saved text.
16827 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
16828 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
16832 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" "\
16839 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (17674 51268))
16840 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16842 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
16843 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16844 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16845 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16846 generations (this defaults to 1).
16848 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16852 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (17613
16854 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16856 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
16857 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
16858 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16859 is nil, raise an error.
16861 This function tries to undo modifications made by the package to
16862 hooks. Packages may define a hook FEATURE-unload-hook that is called
16863 instead of the normal heuristics for doing this. Such a hook should
16864 undo all the relevant global state changes that may have been made by
16865 loading the package or executing functions in it. It has access to
16866 the package's feature list (before anything is unbound) in the
16867 variable `unload-hook-features-list' and could remove features from it
16868 in the event that the package has done something normally-ill-advised,
16869 such as redefining an Emacs function.
16871 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16875 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
16876 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (17669 23128))
16877 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16879 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
16880 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16881 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16883 (custom-autoload (quote locate-ls-subdir-switches) "locate" t)
16885 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
16886 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16887 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16888 With prefix arg, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16890 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16891 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16892 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16893 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16894 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16895 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16898 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16899 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16901 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16902 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16904 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER)" t nil)
16906 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
16907 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16908 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16909 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16910 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16911 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16912 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16913 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16914 to constrain a big search.
16916 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16917 except that FILTER is not optional.
16919 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER)" t nil)
16923 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (17495 43954))
16924 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
16926 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
16927 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16928 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
16929 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
16930 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
16931 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
16932 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
16933 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16934 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
16935 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
16936 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
16937 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
16938 uses the current buffer.
16940 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP LISTFUN BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16944 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (17587
16946 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
16948 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
16949 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16955 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (17709
16957 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
16959 (autoload (quote longlines-mode) "longlines" "\
16960 Toggle Long Lines mode.
16961 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
16962 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
16963 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
16965 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
16966 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
16967 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
16969 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
16970 are indicated with a symbol.
16972 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16976 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
16977 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (17682
16979 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16981 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
16983 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
16985 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
16986 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16987 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16989 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16990 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16992 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16993 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16994 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16995 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
16996 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
16997 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
16998 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17000 (custom-autoload (quote printer-name) "lpr" t)
17002 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17003 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17004 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17005 switch on this list.
17006 See `lpr-command'.")
17008 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-switches) "lpr" t)
17010 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
17011 *Name of program for printing a file.
17013 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17014 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17015 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17016 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17017 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17018 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17021 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-command) "lpr" t)
17023 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
17024 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17025 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17026 for customization of the printer command.
17030 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
17031 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17033 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17034 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17035 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17036 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17038 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17039 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17041 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17042 for further customization of the printer command.
17046 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
17047 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17048 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17049 for customization of the printer command.
17051 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17053 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
17054 Paginate and print the region contents.
17056 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17057 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17058 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17059 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17061 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17062 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17064 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17065 for further customization of the printer command.
17067 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17071 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
17072 ;;;;;; (17385 8487))
17073 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17075 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17076 *Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17077 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17079 (custom-autoload (quote ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp")
17083 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (17386
17085 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17087 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
17088 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17089 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
17091 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
17093 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17097 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (17394
17099 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17101 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
17102 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17109 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
17110 ;;;;;; (17385 8490))
17111 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
17113 (autoload (quote macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "\
17114 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
17115 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
17116 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
17117 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
17119 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
17123 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
17124 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (17385 8487))
17125 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17127 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
17128 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17129 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17130 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17131 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17133 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17135 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
17136 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
17137 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17138 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17140 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17141 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17142 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17143 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17146 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17147 use this command, and then save the file.
17149 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17151 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
17152 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17153 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17154 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17155 each time the macro executes.
17156 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17157 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17158 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17159 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17160 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17161 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17162 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17166 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
17167 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17168 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17169 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17171 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17172 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17173 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17176 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17177 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17179 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17180 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17181 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17182 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17183 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17185 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17188 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17189 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17190 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17192 You could enter the names in this format:
17198 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17201 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17204 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17205 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17207 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17208 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17212 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
17213 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (17385 8494))
17214 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17216 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
17217 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17218 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17219 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17220 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17221 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17223 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17224 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17225 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17226 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17227 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17229 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17230 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17231 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17234 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17236 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
17237 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17239 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17243 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
17244 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
17245 ;;;;;; (17385 8494))
17246 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17248 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
17249 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17253 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" "\
17258 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17259 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17261 (custom-autoload (quote mail-hist-keep-history) "mail-hist")
17263 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
17264 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17265 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17268 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17274 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
17275 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
17276 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (17385
17278 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17280 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17281 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17282 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17283 often correct parser.")
17285 (custom-autoload (quote mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils")
17287 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" "\
17290 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17292 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
17293 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17294 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17295 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17297 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17299 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
17300 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17301 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17302 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17304 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17306 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
17307 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17308 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17309 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17310 If NOERROR is non-nil, return t if successful.
17311 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17312 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17315 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17317 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
17318 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17319 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
17320 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17321 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17322 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17324 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17328 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
17329 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (17385 8494))
17330 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17332 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
17333 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17337 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
17338 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17339 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17341 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17343 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
17344 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17345 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17347 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17351 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
17352 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (17385
17354 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17356 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
17357 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17358 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17360 If `parens', they look like:
17361 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17362 If `angles', they look like:
17363 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17365 (custom-autoload (quote mail-complete-style) "mailalias")
17367 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
17368 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17369 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17370 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17371 their `Resent-' variants.
17373 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17374 removed from alias expansions.
17376 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17378 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
17379 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17380 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17382 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17383 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17384 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17385 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17387 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17389 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
17390 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17391 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17392 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
17398 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
17399 ;;;;;; (17385 8494))
17400 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17402 (autoload (quote mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "\
17403 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17404 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17405 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17411 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
17412 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
17413 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (17692 12587))
17414 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17416 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
17417 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17419 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17420 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17421 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17422 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17423 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17424 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17426 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17427 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17428 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17429 dependency, despite the colon.
17431 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17433 In the browser, use the following keys:
17435 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17437 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17439 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17440 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17442 `makefile-target-colon':
17443 The string that gets appended to all target names
17444 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17445 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17447 `makefile-macro-assign':
17448 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17449 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17450 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17451 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17452 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17453 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17455 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17456 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17457 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17459 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17460 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17462 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17463 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17464 up or down in the browser.
17466 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17467 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17469 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17470 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17472 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17473 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17474 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17475 has been selected in the browser.
17477 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17478 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17479 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17480 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17481 filenames are omitted.
17483 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17484 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17485 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17486 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17487 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17488 the backslash itself intact.
17489 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17490 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17492 `makefile-browser-hook':
17493 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17494 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17496 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17497 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17498 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17499 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17503 (autoload (quote makefile-automake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17504 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17508 (autoload (quote makefile-gmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17509 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17513 (autoload (quote makefile-makepp-mode) "make-mode" "\
17514 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17518 (autoload (quote makefile-bsdmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17519 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17523 (autoload (quote makefile-imake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17524 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17530 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (17385
17532 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17534 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
17535 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17536 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17542 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (17661 57057))
17543 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17545 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
17547 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
17548 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17549 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
17550 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
17551 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
17552 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
17553 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
17555 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
17556 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
17557 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
17558 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
17560 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17562 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
17563 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17565 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17569 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (17148 25016))
17570 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17572 (autoload (quote master-mode) "master" "\
17573 Toggle Master mode.
17574 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
17575 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
17576 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
17578 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
17579 following commands:
17581 \\{master-mode-map}
17583 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17584 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17585 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17587 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17591 ;;;### (autoloads (menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (17681
17593 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
17595 (put (quote menu-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
17597 (defvar menu-bar-mode nil "\
17598 Non-nil if Menu-Bar mode is enabled.
17599 See the command `menu-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17600 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17601 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17602 or call the function `menu-bar-mode'.")
17604 (custom-autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" nil)
17606 (autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "\
17607 Toggle display of a menu bar on each frame.
17608 This command applies to all frames that exist and frames to be
17609 created in the future.
17610 With a numeric argument, if the argument is positive,
17611 turn on menu bars; otherwise, turn off menu bars.
17613 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17617 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
17618 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17619 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17620 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17621 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17622 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-insert-empty-line
17623 ;;;;;; message-signature-file message-signature message-indent-citation-function
17624 ;;;;;; message-cite-function message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function
17625 ;;;;;; message-send-mail-function message-user-organization-file
17626 ;;;;;; message-signature-separator message-from-style) "message"
17627 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (17726 28398))
17628 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17630 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
17631 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
17633 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
17635 If `parens', they look like:
17636 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17637 If `angles', they look like:
17638 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
17640 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
17641 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
17643 (custom-autoload (quote message-from-style) "message" t)
17645 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
17646 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
17648 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-separator) "message" t)
17650 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
17651 *Local news organization file.")
17653 (custom-autoload (quote message-user-organization-file) "message" t)
17655 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
17656 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
17657 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
17658 variable `mail-header-separator'.
17660 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
17661 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
17662 `message-smtpmail-send-it', `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
17664 See also `send-mail-function'.")
17666 (custom-autoload (quote message-send-mail-function) "message" t)
17668 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
17669 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.
17671 Note that Gnus provides a feature where the reader can click on
17672 `writes:' to hide the cited text. If you change this line too much,
17673 people who read your message will have to change their Gnus
17674 configuration. See the variable `gnus-cite-attribution-suffix'.")
17676 (custom-autoload (quote message-citation-line-function) "message" t)
17678 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
17679 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.
17680 Fix `message-cite-prefix-regexp' if it is set to an abnormal value.
17681 See also `message-yank-cited-prefix'.")
17683 (custom-autoload (quote message-yank-prefix) "message" t)
17685 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
17686 *Function for citing an original message.
17687 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
17688 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
17689 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
17691 (custom-autoload (quote message-cite-function) "message" t)
17693 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
17694 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
17695 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
17696 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
17697 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
17699 (custom-autoload (quote message-indent-citation-function) "message" t)
17701 (defvar message-signature t "\
17702 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
17703 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
17704 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
17705 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
17707 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature) "message" t)
17709 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
17710 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
17711 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
17712 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
17714 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-file) "message" t)
17716 (defvar message-signature-insert-empty-line t "\
17717 *If non-nil, insert an empty line before the signature separator.")
17719 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-insert-empty-line) "message" t)
17721 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
17723 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
17724 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17725 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17726 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17727 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17728 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17729 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17730 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17731 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17732 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17733 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17734 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17735 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17736 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17737 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17738 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17739 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17740 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17741 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17742 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17743 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17744 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17745 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17746 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17747 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17748 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17749 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17750 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17751 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17752 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17753 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17754 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17755 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17756 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17757 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17758 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17759 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17763 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
17764 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17765 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs.
17767 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
17769 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
17770 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17772 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17774 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
17775 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17777 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
17779 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
17780 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17782 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17784 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
17785 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17786 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17788 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17790 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
17791 Cancel an article you posted.
17792 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17794 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17796 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
17797 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17798 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17799 header line with the old Message-ID.
17803 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
17804 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17808 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
17809 Forward the current message via mail.
17810 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17811 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17813 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17815 (autoload (quote message-forward-make-body) "message" "\
17818 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17820 (autoload (quote message-forward-rmail-make-body) "message" "\
17823 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17825 (autoload (quote message-insinuate-rmail) "message" "\
17826 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17830 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
17831 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17833 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17835 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
17836 Re-mail the current message.
17837 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17838 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17843 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
17844 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17846 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17848 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
17849 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17851 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17853 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
17854 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17856 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17858 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
17859 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17861 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17863 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
17864 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17865 Works by overstriking characters.
17866 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17867 which specify the range to operate on.
17869 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17871 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
17872 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17873 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17874 which specify the range to operate on.
17876 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17880 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
17881 ;;;;;; (17394 12938))
17882 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17884 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
17885 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17889 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
17890 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17894 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
17895 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17899 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
17900 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17906 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
17907 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
17908 ;;;;;; (17385 8494))
17909 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17911 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
17912 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17913 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17917 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
17918 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17919 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17920 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17921 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17922 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17923 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17925 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17927 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
17928 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17929 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17930 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17931 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17933 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17934 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17936 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17938 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
17939 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17940 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17941 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17942 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17944 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17945 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17947 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17951 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
17952 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
17953 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (17689 24335))
17954 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17956 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
17957 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17958 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17962 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
17963 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17964 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17968 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
17969 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17971 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17972 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17973 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17975 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17976 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17978 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17979 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17981 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17983 (define-mail-user-agent (quote mh-e-user-agent) (quote mh-user-agent-compose) (quote mh-send-letter) (quote mh-fully-kill-draft) (quote mh-before-send-letter-hook))
17985 (autoload (quote mh-user-agent-compose) "mh-comp" "\
17986 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17987 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17988 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17989 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17992 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17993 initial Subject field, respectively.
17995 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17996 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17999 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are
18002 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
18004 (autoload (quote mh-send-letter) "mh-comp" "\
18005 Save draft and send message.
18007 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
18008 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
18009 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
18012 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
18013 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
18014 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
18016 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
18017 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
18018 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
18019 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
18020 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
18021 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
18023 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
18024 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
18026 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18028 (autoload (quote mh-fully-kill-draft) "mh-comp" "\
18029 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18031 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18032 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18033 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18034 delete the draft message.
18040 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (17578 42698))
18041 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18043 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
18045 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
18047 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
18049 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
18050 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18056 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
18057 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (17485 5461))
18058 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18060 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-folder" "\
18061 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18062 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18064 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18065 the MH mail system.
18067 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18069 (autoload (quote mh-nmail) "mh-folder" "\
18070 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18071 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18073 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18074 the MH mail system.
18076 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18078 (autoload (quote mh-folder-mode) "mh-folder" "\
18079 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18081 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18082 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18083 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18086 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18087 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18088 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18091 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18095 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18096 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18097 can be used in several ways.
18099 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18100 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18101 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18102 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18106 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18107 The range must be nonempty.
18112 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18113 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18120 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18123 All of the messages.
18125 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18126 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18128 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18129 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18130 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18132 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18138 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
18139 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (17727 28649))
18140 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18142 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
18143 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18144 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18145 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18146 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18147 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18148 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18149 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18150 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18151 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18152 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18156 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
18157 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18158 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18159 to its second argument TM.
18161 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18165 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
18166 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (17385 8487))
18167 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18169 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18170 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18171 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18172 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18173 use either \\[customize] or the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18175 (custom-autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef")
18177 (put (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
18179 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
18180 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18181 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
18182 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
18183 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
18184 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
18185 default indication.
18187 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18188 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18190 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18194 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
18195 ;;;;;; (17394 12938))
18196 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18198 (autoload (quote mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "\
18199 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18204 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode)))
18208 ;;;### (autoloads (malayalam-composition-function malayalam-post-read-conversion
18209 ;;;;;; malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "language/mlm-util.el"
18210 ;;;;;; (17340 11482))
18211 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/mlm-util.el
18213 (autoload (quote malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "\
18216 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
18218 (autoload (quote malayalam-post-read-conversion) "mlm-util" "\
18221 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
18223 (autoload (quote malayalam-composition-function) "mlm-util" "\
18224 Compose Malayalam characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
18225 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
18228 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
18232 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
18233 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (17632 41885))
18234 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18236 (autoload (quote mm-extern-cache-contents) "mm-extern" "\
18237 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18239 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18241 (autoload (quote mm-inline-external-body) "mm-extern" "\
18242 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18243 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18244 the entire message.
18245 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18247 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18251 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
18252 ;;;;;; (17385 8493))
18253 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18255 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
18256 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18257 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18258 the entire message.
18259 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18261 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18265 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
18266 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (17604 60390))
18267 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18269 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents) "mm-url" "\
18270 Insert file contents of URL.
18271 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18273 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18275 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents-external) "mm-url" "\
18276 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18278 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18282 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
18283 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (17714 34817))
18284 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18286 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\
18287 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18288 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18289 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18290 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18292 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18294 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect-text-parts) "mm-uu" "\
18295 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18296 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18298 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18302 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
18303 ;;;;;; (17495 43954))
18304 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18306 (autoload (quote mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "\
18309 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18311 (autoload (quote mml1991-sign) "mml1991" "\
18314 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18318 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
18319 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
18320 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (17495 43954))
18321 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18323 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt) "mml2015" "\
18326 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18328 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt-test) "mml2015" "\
18331 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18333 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify) "mml2015" "\
18336 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18338 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify-test) "mml2015" "\
18341 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18343 (autoload (quote mml2015-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
18346 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18348 (autoload (quote mml2015-sign) "mml2015" "\
18351 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18353 (autoload (quote mml2015-self-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
18360 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
18361 ;;;;;; (17276 54295))
18362 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18364 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
18365 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18366 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18367 followed by the first character of the construct.
18369 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18370 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18371 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18372 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18373 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18374 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18375 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18376 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18377 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18378 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18379 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18380 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18381 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18384 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18385 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18386 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18392 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
18393 ;;;;;; (17385 8495))
18394 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18396 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
18397 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18399 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18401 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
18402 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18404 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18408 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (17704
18410 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
18412 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
18413 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
18414 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18415 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18416 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18417 or call the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
18419 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" nil)
18421 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
18422 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
18423 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
18424 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
18426 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
18428 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
18430 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
18432 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
18433 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
18434 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
18435 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
18436 Triple-clicking selects lines.
18437 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
18439 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
18440 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
18441 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
18442 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
18443 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
18445 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
18446 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
18448 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
18449 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
18451 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
18453 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
18454 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
18455 primary selection and region.
18457 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18461 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (17385 8495))
18462 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18464 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
18465 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18471 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (17560 14582))
18472 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18474 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18475 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18476 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18477 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18478 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
18480 (custom-autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb")
18482 (put (quote msb-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
18484 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
18486 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
18487 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18488 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18490 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18494 ;;;### (autoloads (mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets describe-fontset
18495 ;;;;;; describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
18496 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
18497 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
18498 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
18499 ;;;;;; (17619 27480))
18500 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18502 (defvar non-iso-charset-alist (\` ((mac-roman (ascii latin-iso8859-1 mule-unicode-2500-33ff mule-unicode-0100-24ff mule-unicode-e000-ffff) mac-roman-decoder ((0 255))) (viscii (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-viscii-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (vietnamese-tcvn (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-tcvn-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (koi8-r (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-koi8-r-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (alternativnyj (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-alternativnyj-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (koi8-u (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5 mule-unicode-0100-24ff) cyrillic-koi8-u-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (big5 (ascii chinese-big5-1 chinese-big5-2) decode-big5-char ((32 127) ((161 254) 64 126 161 254))) (sjis (ascii katakana-jisx0201 japanese-jisx0208) decode-sjis-char ((32 127 161 223) ((129 159 224 239) 64 126 128 252))))) "\
18503 Alist of charset names vs the corresponding information.
18504 This is mis-named for historical reasons. The charsets are actually
18505 non-built-in ones. They correspond to Emacs coding systems, not Emacs
18506 charsets, i.e. what Emacs can read (or write) by mapping to (or
18507 from) Emacs internal charsets that typically correspond to a limited
18508 set of ISO charsets.
18510 Each element has the following format:
18511 (CHARSET CHARSET-LIST TRANSLATION-METHOD [ CODE-RANGE ])
18513 CHARSET is the name (symbol) of the charset.
18515 CHARSET-LIST is a list of Emacs charsets into which characters of
18516 CHARSET are mapped.
18518 TRANSLATION-METHOD is a translation table (symbol) to translate a
18519 character code of CHARSET to the corresponding Emacs character
18520 code. It can also be a function to call with one argument, a
18521 character code in CHARSET.
18523 CODE-RANGE specifies the valid code ranges of CHARSET.
18524 It is a list of RANGEs, where each RANGE is of the form:
18525 (FROM1 TO1 FROM2 TO2 ...)
18527 ((FROM1-1 TO1-1 FROM1-2 TO1-2 ...) . (FROM2-1 TO2-1 FROM2-2 TO2-2 ...))
18528 In the first form, valid codes are between FROM1 and TO1, or FROM2 and
18530 The second form is used for 2-byte codes. The car part is the ranges
18531 of the first byte, and the cdr part is the ranges of the second byte.")
18533 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
18534 Display a list of all character sets.
18536 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number for
18537 internal Emacs use.
18539 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains the format of the buffer and string
18540 multibyte sequence of characters in the charset using one to four
18541 hexadecimal digits.
18542 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
18543 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
18545 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18546 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18547 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
18548 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18550 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18551 but still shows the full information.
18555 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
18556 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18557 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
18558 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
18559 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
18561 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18562 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18563 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18564 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
18565 detailed meanings of these arguments.
18567 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18569 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
18570 Display a list of characters in the specified character set.
18571 This can list both Emacs `official' (ISO standard) charsets and the
18572 characters encoded by various Emacs coding systems which correspond to
18573 PC `codepages' and other coded character sets. See `non-iso-charset-alist'.
18575 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18577 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
18578 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18580 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18582 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
18583 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18585 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18587 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
18588 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18590 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18591 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18593 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18594 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18595 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18596 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18597 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18598 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18599 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18600 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18601 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18602 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18603 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18604 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18605 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18606 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18607 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18608 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18612 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
18613 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18617 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
18618 Display a list of all coding systems.
18619 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18621 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18622 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18624 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18626 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
18627 Display a list of all coding categories.
18631 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
18632 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18633 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18635 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18637 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
18638 Display information about FONTSET.
18639 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18641 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18643 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
18644 Display a list of all fontsets.
18645 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18646 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18647 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18651 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
18652 Display information about all input methods.
18656 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
18657 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18659 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18660 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18661 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18662 system which uses fontsets).
18668 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18669 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18670 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18671 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18672 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
18673 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (17102 18726))
18674 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18676 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
18677 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
18678 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
18680 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
18682 (make-obsolete (quote string-to-sequence) "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
18684 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18685 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18687 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18688 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18690 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
18691 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18693 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18695 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
18696 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18697 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18698 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18699 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18700 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18701 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18703 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18704 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18705 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18706 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18707 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18708 middle of a character in STR.
18710 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18711 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18713 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18714 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18715 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18716 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18717 defaults to \"...\".
18719 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18721 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18722 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18724 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18725 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18726 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18728 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18729 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18730 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18732 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
18733 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18734 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18736 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18737 longer than KEYSEQ.
18738 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18740 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18742 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
18743 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18744 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18745 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18746 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18747 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18748 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18749 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18750 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18751 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18752 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18754 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18756 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
18757 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18759 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18761 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
18762 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18764 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18766 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
18767 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-decode' property.
18769 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18771 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
18772 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-encode' property.
18774 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18776 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
18777 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18778 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18779 coding systems ordered by priority.
18781 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
18783 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
18784 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18785 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18786 language environment LANG-ENV.
18788 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18790 (autoload (quote char-displayable-p) "mule-util" "\
18791 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18792 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18793 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display CHAR's
18794 charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a per-character
18795 basis, this may not be accurate.
18797 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18801 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
18802 ;;;;;; (17515 24181))
18803 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
18805 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
18806 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
18807 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18808 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18809 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
18811 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel")
18813 (put (quote mouse-wheel-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
18815 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
18816 Toggle mouse wheel support.
18817 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18818 Return non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18820 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18822 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
18823 Enable mouse wheel support.
18825 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
18829 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18830 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18831 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute)
18832 ;;;;;; "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (17385 8495))
18833 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18835 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
18836 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18838 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18840 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
18842 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18843 `ping-program-options'.
18847 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
18848 Run ipconfig program.
18852 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
18854 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
18855 Run netstat program.
18859 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
18860 Run the arp program.
18864 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
18865 Run the route program.
18869 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
18870 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18874 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
18875 Run nslookup program.
18879 (autoload (quote dns-lookup-host) "net-utils" "\
18880 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18884 (autoload (quote run-dig) "net-utils" "\
18889 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
18894 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
18895 Finger USER on HOST.
18897 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18899 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
18900 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18901 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18902 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18904 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18906 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" "\
18911 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
18912 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18914 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18916 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
18917 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18919 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18923 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
18924 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-box comment-region
18925 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
18926 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
18927 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
18928 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (17707 53738))
18929 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
18931 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
18933 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
18935 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
18937 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
18939 (defvar comment-use-syntax (quote undecided) "\
18940 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
18941 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
18942 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
18943 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
18944 Major modes should set this variable.")
18946 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
18947 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
18948 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
18949 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
18950 Comments might be indented to a value smaller than this in order
18951 not to go beyond `comment-fill-column'.")
18953 (custom-autoload (quote comment-column) "newcomment" t)
18954 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
18956 (defvar comment-start nil "\
18957 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
18958 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18960 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
18961 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
18962 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
18963 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
18964 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18966 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
18967 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
18968 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18970 (defvar comment-end "" "\
18971 *String to insert to end a new comment.
18972 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
18973 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18975 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
18976 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
18977 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
18978 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
18979 column indentation or nil.
18980 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
18982 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
18983 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
18984 The function has no args.
18986 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
18987 comments always start in column zero.")
18989 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
18990 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
18991 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
18993 (custom-autoload (quote comment-style) "newcomment" t)
18995 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
18996 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
18997 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
18998 of the corresponding number of spaces.
19000 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
19001 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
19003 (custom-autoload (quote comment-padding) "newcomment" t)
19005 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
19006 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
19007 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
19008 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
19009 customize this variable.
19011 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
19012 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
19014 (custom-autoload (quote comment-multi-line) "newcomment" t)
19016 (autoload (quote comment-normalize-vars) "newcomment" "\
19017 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
19018 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
19019 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
19020 the variables are properly set.
19022 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
19024 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
19025 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
19029 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
19030 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
19031 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
19033 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
19035 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
19036 Set the comment column based on point.
19037 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
19038 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
19039 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
19040 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
19044 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
19045 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
19046 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
19050 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
19051 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
19052 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
19055 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19057 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
19058 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
19059 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
19060 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
19061 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
19062 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
19063 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
19064 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
19066 The strings used as comment starts are built from
19067 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
19069 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19071 (autoload (quote comment-box) "newcomment" "\
19072 Comment out the BEG .. END region, putting it inside a box.
19073 The numeric prefix ARG specifies how many characters to add to begin- and
19074 end- comment markers additionally to what `comment-add' already specifies.
19076 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19078 (autoload (quote comment-or-uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
19079 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
19080 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
19081 is passed on to the respective function.
19083 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19085 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
19086 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
19087 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
19088 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
19089 case it calls `uncomment-region').
19090 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
19091 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
19092 Else, call `comment-indent'.
19093 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
19097 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
19098 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
19099 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
19101 (custom-autoload (quote comment-auto-fill-only-comments) "newcomment" t)
19103 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
19104 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
19105 This indents the body of the continued comment
19106 under the previous comment line.
19108 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
19109 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
19110 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
19112 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
19113 or comment indentation.
19115 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
19116 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
19118 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
19122 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-start
19123 ;;;;;; newsticker-ticker-running-p newsticker-running-p) "newsticker"
19124 ;;;;;; "net/newsticker.el" (17385 8495))
19125 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
19127 (autoload (quote newsticker-running-p) "newsticker" "\
19128 Check whether newsticker is running.
19129 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19130 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19134 (autoload (quote newsticker-ticker-running-p) "newsticker" "\
19135 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19136 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19137 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19142 (autoload (quote newsticker-start) "newsticker" "\
19143 Start the newsticker.
19144 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19145 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19146 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19147 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19149 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19151 (autoload (quote newsticker-start-ticker) "newsticker" "\
19152 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19153 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19158 (autoload (quote newsticker-show-news) "newsticker" "\
19159 Switch to newsticker buffer. You may want to bind this to a key.
19165 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
19166 ;;;;;; (17385 8493))
19167 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19169 (autoload (quote nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "\
19170 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19172 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19176 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (17385
19178 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19180 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
19181 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19182 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19183 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19184 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19185 symbol in the alist.
19187 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19191 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
19192 ;;;;;; (17394 12936))
19193 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19195 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
19196 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19197 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19203 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
19204 ;;;;;; (17385 8494))
19205 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
19207 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
19208 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
19209 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
19215 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
19216 ;;;;;; (17385 8494))
19217 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19219 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
19220 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19222 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19226 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
19227 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (17385 8494))
19228 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
19230 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
19231 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
19235 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
19236 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
19240 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
19241 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
19247 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
19248 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (17665 54136))
19249 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19251 (defvar disabled-command-function (quote disabled-command-function) "\
19252 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19253 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19255 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote disabled-command-hook) (quote disabled-command-function) "22.1")
19257 (autoload (quote disabled-command-function) "novice" "\
19260 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
19262 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
19263 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19264 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19265 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19266 to future sessions.
19268 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19270 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
19271 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19272 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19273 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19274 to future sessions.
19276 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19280 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
19281 ;;;;;; (17385 8496))
19282 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19284 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
19285 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19287 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19288 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19289 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19295 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
19296 ;;;;;; (17394 12938))
19297 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
19299 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
19300 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
19301 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
19302 specified by `octave-help-files'.
19303 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion.
19309 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
19310 ;;;;;; (17730 6653))
19311 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
19313 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
19314 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19315 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19317 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19319 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19320 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19322 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19323 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19324 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19326 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19328 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
19332 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
19333 ;;;;;; (17427 10522))
19334 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
19336 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
19337 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19339 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
19340 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
19341 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
19342 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
19344 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19345 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
19346 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
19347 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
19348 is why you need this mode!).
19350 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
19351 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
19352 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
19354 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
19359 \\{octave-mode-map}
19361 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
19362 ==============================================
19365 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
19368 octave-auto-newline
19369 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
19372 octave-blink-matching-block
19373 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
19374 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
19376 octave-block-offset
19377 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
19380 octave-continuation-offset
19381 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
19384 octave-continuation-string
19385 String used for Octave continuation lines.
19386 Default is a backslash.
19388 octave-mode-startup-message
19389 nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
19392 octave-send-echo-input
19393 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
19394 command to the inferior Octave process.
19396 octave-send-line-auto-forward
19397 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
19398 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
19400 octave-send-echo-input
19401 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
19403 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
19405 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
19406 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
19408 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
19409 (setq auto-mode-alist
19410 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
19412 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
19413 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
19415 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
19419 (if (eq window-system 'x)
19420 (font-lock-mode 1))))
19422 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
19423 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19424 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
19425 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19431 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "obsolete/options.el"
19432 ;;;;;; (17560 6690))
19433 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/options.el
19435 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
19436 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation.
19437 It is now better to use Customize instead.
19441 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
19442 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
19443 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
19444 in which there are commands to set the option values.
19445 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
19447 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete.
19453 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
19454 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-this-file orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl
19455 ;;;;;; org-remember-handler org-remember-apply-template org-remember-annotation
19456 ;;;;;; org-store-link org-tags-view org-diary org-todo-list org-agenda-list
19457 ;;;;;; org-agenda org-global-cycle org-cycle org-mode) "org" "textmodes/org.el"
19458 ;;;;;; (17699 53313))
19459 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/org.el
19461 (autoload (quote org-mode) "org" "\
19462 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19463 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19465 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19466 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19467 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19468 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19469 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19470 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19471 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19472 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19473 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19474 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19476 The following commands are available:
19482 (autoload (quote org-cycle) "org" "\
19483 Visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19485 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19486 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19487 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19488 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19489 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19491 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19492 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19493 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19494 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19495 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19496 and zoom in further.
19497 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19499 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19500 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19501 is negative, go up that many levels.
19503 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute
19504 `indent-relative', like TAB normally does. See the option
19505 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19507 - Special case: if point is the the beginning of the buffer and there is
19508 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg.
19510 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19512 (autoload (quote org-global-cycle) "org" "\
19513 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19515 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19517 (autoload (quote org-agenda) "org" "\
19518 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19519 Prompts for a character to select a command. Any prefix arg will be passed
19520 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19522 a Call `org-agenda' to display the agenda for the current day or week.
19523 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19524 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19525 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19526 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19527 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19528 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19530 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19531 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19532 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19534 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19535 first press `1' to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily (until the
19536 next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19540 (autoload (quote org-agenda-list) "org" "\
19541 Produce a weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19542 The view will be for the current week, but from the overview buffer you
19543 will be able to go to other weeks.
19544 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all unfinished TODO items will
19545 also be shown, under the current date.
19546 With two \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all TODO entries marked DONE
19547 on the days are also shown. See the variable `org-log-done' for how
19548 to turn on logging.
19549 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19550 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19551 NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
19553 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS KEEP-MODES)" t nil)
19555 (autoload (quote org-todo-list) "org" "\
19556 Show all TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19557 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19558 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19559 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19560 `org-todo-keywords'.
19562 \(fn ARG &optional KEEP-MODES)" t nil)
19564 (autoload (quote org-diary) "org" "\
19565 Return diary information from org-files.
19566 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19567 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19568 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19569 items should be listed. The following arguments are allowed:
19571 :timestamp List the headlines of items containing a date stamp or
19572 date range matching the selected date. Deadlines will
19573 also be listed, on the expiration day.
19575 :deadline List any deadlines past due, or due within
19576 `org-deadline-warning-days'. The listing occurs only
19577 in the diary for *today*, not at any other date. If
19578 an entry is marked DONE, it is no longer listed.
19580 :scheduled List all items which are scheduled for the given date.
19581 The diary for *today* also contains items which were
19582 scheduled earlier and are not yet marked DONE.
19584 :todo List all TODO items from the org-file. This may be a
19585 long list - so this is not turned on by default.
19586 Like deadlines, these entries only show up in the
19587 diary for *today*, not at any other date.
19589 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19591 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19593 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19594 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19598 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
19599 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp) are used. So the example above may
19602 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :scheduled)
19604 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19605 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19606 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19608 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19610 (autoload (quote org-tags-view) "org" "\
19611 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19612 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19614 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH KEEP-MODES)" t nil)
19616 (autoload (quote org-store-link) "org" "\
19617 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19618 This link can later be inserted into an org-buffer with
19619 \\[org-insert-link].
19620 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19621 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-usenet-links-prefer-google'.
19622 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19626 (autoload (quote org-remember-annotation) "org" "\
19627 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
19628 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
19629 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
19630 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
19634 (autoload (quote org-remember-apply-template) "org" "\
19635 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
19636 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
19637 to be run from that hook to fucntion properly.
19641 (autoload (quote org-remember-handler) "org" "\
19642 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
19643 First prompts for an org file. If the user just presses return, the value
19644 of `org-default-notes-file' is used.
19645 Then the command offers the headings tree of the selected file in order to
19646 file the text at a specific location.
19647 You can either immediately press RET to get the note appended to the
19648 file, or you can use vertical cursor motion and visibility cycling (TAB) to
19649 find a better place. Then press RET or <left> or <right> in insert the note.
19651 Key Cursor position Note gets inserted
19652 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
19653 RET buffer-start as level 2 heading at end of file
19654 RET on headline as sublevel of the heading at cursor
19655 RET no heading at cursor position, level taken from context.
19656 Or use prefix arg to specify level manually.
19657 <left> on headline as same level, before current heading
19658 <right> on headline as same level, after current heading
19660 So the fastest way to store the note is to press RET RET to append it to
19661 the default file. This way your current train of thought is not
19662 interrupted, in accordance with the principles of remember.el. But with
19663 little extra effort, you can push it directly to the correct location.
19665 Before being stored away, the function ensures that the text has a
19666 headline, i.e. a first line that starts with a \"*\". If not, a headline
19667 is constructed from the current date and some additional data.
19669 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
19670 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
19671 \(i.e. after the stars).
19673 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
19677 (autoload (quote turn-on-orgtbl) "org" "\
19678 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19682 (autoload (quote orgtbl-mode) "org" "\
19683 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
19685 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19687 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-this-file) "org" "\
19688 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
19689 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19690 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19694 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files) "org" "\
19695 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
19696 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19697 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19701 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files) "org" "\
19702 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
19703 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
19709 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
19710 ;;;;;; (17515 24181))
19711 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
19712 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19714 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
19715 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
19716 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
19717 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
19719 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
19720 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
19721 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
19722 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
19724 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
19725 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
19726 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
19727 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
19728 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
19729 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
19731 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
19732 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
19733 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
19735 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
19736 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
19737 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
19738 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
19739 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
19740 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
19741 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
19742 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
19743 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
19744 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
19745 The subheadings remain visible.
19746 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
19748 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
19749 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
19750 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
19752 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
19753 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
19757 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
19758 Toggle Outline minor mode.
19759 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
19760 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
19762 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19766 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paragraphs" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" (17495
19768 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/paragraphs.el
19769 (put 'paragraph-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19770 (put 'paragraph-separate 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19771 (put 'sentence-end-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19772 (put 'sentence-end-without-period 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19773 (put 'sentence-end-without-space 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19774 (put 'sentence-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19775 (put 'sentence-end-base 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19776 (put 'page-delimiter 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19777 (put 'paragraph-ignore-fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19781 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (17385 8487))
19782 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
19784 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
19785 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
19786 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19787 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19788 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.")
19790 (custom-autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren")
19792 (put (quote show-paren-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
19794 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
19795 Toggle Show Paren mode.
19796 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
19797 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
19799 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
19800 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
19802 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19806 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
19807 ;;;;;; (17386 33146))
19808 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
19810 (autoload (quote parse-time-string) "parse-time" "\
19811 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
19812 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
19813 unknown are returned as nil.
19815 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
19819 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (17394
19821 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
19823 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
19824 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
19825 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
19827 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
19828 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
19830 Other useful functions are:
19832 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
19833 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
19834 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
19835 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
19836 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
19837 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
19838 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
19839 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
19840 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
19842 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
19844 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
19845 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
19846 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
19847 Indentation for case statements.
19848 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
19849 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
19851 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
19852 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
19853 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
19854 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
19855 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
19856 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
19857 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
19858 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
19859 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
19860 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
19862 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
19863 pascal-separator-keywords.
19865 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
19866 no args, if that value is non-nil.
19872 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
19873 ;;;;;; (17385 8491))
19874 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
19876 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
19877 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
19878 The keys affected are:
19879 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
19880 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
19881 M-Backspace does undo.
19882 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
19883 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
19884 C-Escape does list-buffers.
19890 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
19891 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (17385 8491))
19892 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
19894 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
19895 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
19896 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19897 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19898 use either \\[customize] or the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
19900 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select")
19902 (put (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
19904 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
19905 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
19907 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
19909 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
19910 which modify the status of the mark.
19912 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
19913 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
19915 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
19916 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
19918 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
19919 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
19920 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
19921 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
19922 turning PC Selection mode on.
19924 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
19925 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
19927 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
19928 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
19929 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
19931 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
19932 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
19933 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
19935 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
19936 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
19938 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
19939 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
19940 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
19942 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
19943 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
19944 but before calling PC Selection mode):
19950 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
19951 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
19954 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19956 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
19957 Toggle PC Selection mode.
19958 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
19959 and cursor movement commands.
19960 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
19961 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19962 you must modify it using \\[customize] or \\[pc-selection-mode].")
19964 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select")
19968 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (17385
19970 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
19972 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
19973 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
19979 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
19980 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (17385 8487))
19981 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
19983 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19984 Completion for `gzip'.
19988 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19989 Completion for `bzip2'.
19993 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19994 Completion for GNU `make'.
19998 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
19999 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20003 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
20007 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
20008 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (17385 8487))
20009 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20011 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
20012 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20016 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
20017 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20021 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
20022 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20028 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (17385
20030 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20032 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20033 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
20034 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
20035 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
20036 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
20037 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so.
20043 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
20044 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
20045 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (17385 8487))
20046 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20048 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20049 Completion for `cd'.
20053 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
20055 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20056 Completion for `rmdir'.
20060 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20061 Completion for `rm'.
20065 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20066 Completion for `xargs'.
20070 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
20072 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20073 Completion for `which'.
20077 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20078 Completion for the `chown' command.
20082 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20083 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20089 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
20090 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
20091 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (17476
20093 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20095 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
20096 Support extensible programmable completion.
20097 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20098 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20100 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20102 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
20103 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20107 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
20108 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20109 This will modify the current buffer.
20113 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
20114 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20118 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
20119 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20120 This will modify the current buffer.
20124 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
20125 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20129 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
20130 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20134 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
20135 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20136 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20137 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20138 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20140 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20142 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
20143 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
20149 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
20150 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
20151 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (17697 23215))
20152 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
20154 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
20155 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20156 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20157 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20159 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20161 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20163 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
20164 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20165 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20166 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20167 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20168 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20171 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20173 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
20174 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20175 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20176 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20177 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20178 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20179 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20180 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20182 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20184 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
20185 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20186 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20187 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20188 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20189 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20190 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20193 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20195 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
20196 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20197 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20198 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20199 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20200 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20201 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20203 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20205 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
20207 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
20208 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20209 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20211 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-action) "pcvs" t)
20213 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
20214 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20215 nil means never do it.
20216 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20217 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20218 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20220 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-use-hook) "pcvs" t)
20222 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20223 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20224 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20228 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (17670 57734))
20229 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
20231 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset (quote cvs-global-menu) m)))
20235 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
20236 ;;;;;; (17515 24182))
20237 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20239 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
20240 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20241 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20242 Tab indents for Perl code.
20243 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20244 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20245 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20247 Variables controlling indentation style:
20248 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20249 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20250 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20251 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20252 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20253 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20254 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20256 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20257 `perl-indent-level'
20258 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20259 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20260 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20261 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20262 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20263 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20264 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20265 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20266 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20267 `perl-brace-offset'
20268 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20269 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20270 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20271 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20272 `perl-label-offset'
20273 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20274 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20275 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20277 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20278 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20279 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20280 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20281 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20282 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20283 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20285 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20291 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
20292 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
20293 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-symmetric pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region
20294 ;;;;;; pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "pgg.el" (17661 55157))
20295 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg.el
20297 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "\
20298 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
20300 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20302 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20303 passphrase cache or user.
20305 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20307 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region) "pgg" "\
20308 Encrypt the current region between START and END symmetric with passphrase.
20310 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20313 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20315 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-symmetric) "pgg" "\
20316 Encrypt the current buffer using a symmetric, rather than key-pair, cipher.
20318 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20321 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20322 passphrase cache or user.
20324 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20326 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt) "pgg" "\
20327 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
20329 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20331 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20334 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20335 passphrase cache or user.
20337 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20339 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt-region) "pgg" "\
20340 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
20342 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20343 passphrase cache or user.
20345 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20347 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt) "pgg" "\
20348 Decrypt the current buffer.
20350 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
20353 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20354 passphrase cache or user.
20356 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20358 (autoload (quote pgg-sign-region) "pgg" "\
20359 Make the signature from text between START and END.
20361 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
20362 a detached signature.
20364 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20365 and the the output is displayed.
20367 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20368 passphrase cache or user.
20370 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20372 (autoload (quote pgg-sign) "pgg" "\
20373 Sign the current buffer.
20375 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
20376 detached signature.
20378 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
20381 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20382 and the the output is displayed.
20384 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20385 passphrase cache or user.
20387 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20389 (autoload (quote pgg-verify-region) "pgg" "\
20390 Verify the current region between START and END.
20391 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20392 the detached signature of the current region.
20394 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20395 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20397 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
20399 (autoload (quote pgg-verify) "pgg" "\
20400 Verify the current buffer.
20401 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20402 the detached signature of the current region.
20403 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20404 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20405 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
20408 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
20410 (autoload (quote pgg-insert-key) "pgg" "\
20411 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
20415 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys-region) "pgg" "\
20416 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
20418 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20420 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys) "pgg" "\
20421 Import public keys in the current buffer.
20427 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "pgg-gpg.el"
20428 ;;;;;; (17664 20313))
20429 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg-gpg.el
20431 (autoload (quote pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "\
20432 True if decoded armor MESSAGE-KEYS has symmetric encryption indicator.
20434 \(fn MESSAGE-KEYS)" nil nil)
20438 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
20439 ;;;;;; (17476 4802))
20440 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20442 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
20443 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20444 \\<picture-mode-map>
20445 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20446 afterwards settable by these commands:
20448 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20449 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20450 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20451 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20453 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20454 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20455 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20456 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20458 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20459 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20460 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20461 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20463 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20464 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20465 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20466 with these commands:
20468 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20469 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20470 Move to column following last
20471 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20472 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20473 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20474 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20475 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20476 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20478 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20480 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20481 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20482 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20483 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20484 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20485 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20487 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20488 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20489 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
20490 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20491 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20492 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20493 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20495 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20496 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20497 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20498 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20499 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20500 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20501 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20502 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[advertised-undo]
20504 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20505 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20506 by supplying an argument.
20508 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20510 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20511 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
20515 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
20519 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
20520 ;;;;;; (17601 9092))
20521 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20523 (autoload (quote po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "\
20524 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20525 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20527 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20531 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (17551 7908))
20532 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20534 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
20535 Play pong and waste time.
20536 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20537 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20539 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20547 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer
20548 ;;;;;; pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (17718 28532))
20549 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20551 (autoload (quote pp-to-string) "pp" "\
20552 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20553 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20554 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20556 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20558 (autoload (quote pp-buffer) "pp" "\
20559 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20563 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
20564 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20565 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20566 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20567 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20569 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20571 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
20572 Evaluate an expression, then pretty-print value EXPVAL into a new buffer.
20573 If pretty-printed EXPVAL fits on one line, display it in the echo
20574 area instead. Also add EXPVAL to the front of the list
20575 in the variable `values'.
20577 Non-interactively, the argument is the value, EXPVAL, not the expression
20580 \(fn EXPVAL)" t nil)
20582 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
20583 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
20584 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20585 Ignores leading comment characters.
20591 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
20592 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
20593 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
20594 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
20595 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
20596 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
20597 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
20598 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
20599 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
20600 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
20601 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
20602 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
20603 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
20604 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
20605 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
20606 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
20607 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
20608 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
20609 ;;;;;; (17682 43101))
20610 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20612 (autoload (quote pr-interface) "printing" "\
20613 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20615 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20617 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20619 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20621 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-preview) "printing" "\
20622 Preview directory using ghostview.
20624 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20625 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20626 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20627 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20629 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20630 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20631 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20632 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20633 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20636 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20638 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20640 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20641 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
20643 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20644 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20645 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20646 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20648 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20649 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20650 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20651 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20652 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20655 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20657 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20659 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-print) "printing" "\
20660 Print directory using PostScript printer.
20662 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20663 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20664 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20665 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20667 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20668 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20669 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20670 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20671 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20674 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20676 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20678 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-ps-print) "printing" "\
20679 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20681 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20683 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20684 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20685 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20686 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20688 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20689 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20690 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20691 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20692 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20695 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20697 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20699 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-preview) "printing" "\
20700 Preview buffer using ghostview.
20702 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20703 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20704 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20706 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20707 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
20708 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
20709 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20711 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20713 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20714 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
20716 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20717 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20718 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20720 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20721 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20722 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20723 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20725 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20727 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-print) "printing" "\
20728 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
20730 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20731 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20732 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20734 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20735 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20736 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20737 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20739 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20741 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-ps-print) "printing" "\
20742 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20744 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20746 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20747 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20748 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20750 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20751 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20752 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20753 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20755 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20757 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-preview) "printing" "\
20758 Preview region using ghostview.
20760 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20762 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20764 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20765 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
20767 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
20769 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20771 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-print) "printing" "\
20772 Print region using PostScript printer.
20774 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
20776 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20778 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-ps-print) "printing" "\
20779 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20781 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
20783 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20785 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-preview) "printing" "\
20786 Preview major mode using ghostview.
20788 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20790 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20792 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20793 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
20795 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
20797 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20799 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-print) "printing" "\
20800 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
20802 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
20804 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20806 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-ps-print) "printing" "\
20807 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
20809 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
20811 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20813 (autoload (quote pr-printify-directory) "printing" "\
20814 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
20815 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20816 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20818 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
20821 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
20822 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
20824 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20826 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
20828 (autoload (quote pr-printify-buffer) "printing" "\
20829 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
20830 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20831 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20835 (autoload (quote pr-printify-region) "printing" "\
20836 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
20837 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20838 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20842 (autoload (quote pr-txt-directory) "printing" "\
20843 Print directory using text printer.
20845 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
20848 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
20849 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
20851 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20853 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
20855 (autoload (quote pr-txt-buffer) "printing" "\
20856 Print buffer using text printer.
20860 (autoload (quote pr-txt-region) "printing" "\
20861 Print region using text printer.
20865 (autoload (quote pr-txt-mode) "printing" "\
20866 Print major mode using text printer.
20870 (autoload (quote pr-despool-preview) "printing" "\
20871 Preview spooled PostScript.
20873 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20874 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20875 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20877 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20878 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20879 PostScript image in a file with that name.
20881 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20883 (autoload (quote pr-despool-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20884 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
20886 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20887 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20888 instead of sending it to the printer.
20890 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20891 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20892 image in a file with that name.
20894 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20896 (autoload (quote pr-despool-print) "printing" "\
20897 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
20899 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20900 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20901 instead of sending it to the printer.
20903 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20904 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20905 image in a file with that name.
20907 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20909 (autoload (quote pr-despool-ps-print) "printing" "\
20910 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
20912 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20913 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20914 instead of sending it to the printer.
20916 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20917 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20918 image in a file with that name.
20920 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20922 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-preview) "printing" "\
20923 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
20925 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20927 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-preview) "printing" "\
20928 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
20930 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
20932 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20933 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
20935 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20937 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-print) "printing" "\
20938 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
20940 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20942 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-ps-print) "printing" "\
20943 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
20945 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20947 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-ps-print) "printing" "\
20948 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
20950 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
20951 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20952 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
20953 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20955 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20956 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
20957 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
20958 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
20959 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
20960 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
20963 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
20965 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-duplex) "printing" "\
20966 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
20970 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-tumble) "printing" "\
20971 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
20973 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
20975 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
20980 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-landscape) "printing" "\
20981 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
20985 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20986 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
20990 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-faces) "printing" "\
20991 Toggle printing with faces.
20995 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-spool) "printing" "\
21000 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-duplex) "printing" "\
21005 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-tumble) "printing" "\
21008 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21010 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21015 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-landscape) "printing" "\
21020 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-upside-down) "printing" "\
21021 Toggle upside-down.
21025 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-line) "printing" "\
21026 Toggle line number.
21030 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-zebra) "printing" "\
21031 Toggle zebra stripes.
21035 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header) "printing" "\
21036 Toggle printing header.
21040 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header-frame) "printing" "\
21041 Toggle printing header frame.
21045 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-lock) "printing" "\
21050 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-region) "printing" "\
21051 Toggle auto region.
21055 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-mode) "printing" "\
21060 (autoload (quote pr-customize) "printing" "\
21061 Customization of the `printing' group.
21063 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21065 (autoload (quote lpr-customize) "printing" "\
21066 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21068 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21070 (autoload (quote pr-help) "printing" "\
21071 Help for the printing package.
21073 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21075 (autoload (quote pr-ps-name) "printing" "\
21076 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21080 (autoload (quote pr-txt-name) "printing" "\
21081 Interactively select a text printer.
21085 (autoload (quote pr-ps-utility) "printing" "\
21086 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21090 (autoload (quote pr-show-ps-setup) "printing" "\
21091 Show current ps-print settings.
21093 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21095 (autoload (quote pr-show-pr-setup) "printing" "\
21096 Show current printing settings.
21098 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21100 (autoload (quote pr-show-lpr-setup) "printing" "\
21101 Show current lpr settings.
21103 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21105 (autoload (quote pr-ps-fast-fire) "printing" "\
21106 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21108 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21109 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21110 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21111 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21114 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21116 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21117 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21118 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
21120 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21121 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21122 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21123 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
21124 current active printer.
21126 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21127 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21128 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21131 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21132 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21133 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21134 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21135 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21138 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21139 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21141 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21143 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21144 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
21145 be done using the new current active printer.
21147 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21148 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21151 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21152 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21153 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21154 instead of sending it to the printer.
21156 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21157 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21160 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21163 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21166 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21168 (autoload (quote pr-txt-fast-fire) "printing" "\
21169 Fast fire function for text printing.
21171 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21172 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21173 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21174 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21176 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21177 user for a new active text printer.
21179 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21181 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21183 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21184 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21187 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21189 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21192 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21196 ;;;### (autoloads (switch-to-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
21197 ;;;;;; (17664 20313))
21198 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21200 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
21201 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
21202 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
21204 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21205 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
21206 if that value is non-nil.
21210 (defalias (quote run-prolog) (quote switch-to-prolog))
21212 (autoload (quote switch-to-prolog) "prolog" "\
21213 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21214 With prefix argument \\[universal-prefix], prompt for the program to use.
21216 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
21220 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (17385 8487))
21221 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21223 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
21224 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21225 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21229 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (17394
21231 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21233 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
21234 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21236 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21238 The following variables hold user options, and can
21239 be set through the `customize' command:
21241 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21243 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21244 `ps-mode-print-function'
21246 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21250 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21253 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21259 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21260 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21261 The keymap for this second window is:
21263 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21266 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21267 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21268 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21269 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21270 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21276 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-encode-header-string
21277 ;;;;;; ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition ps-mule-plot-string
21278 ;;;;;; ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font ps-multibyte-buffer)
21279 ;;;;;; "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (17385 8487))
21280 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
21282 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
21283 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
21287 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
21288 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
21289 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
21290 changed by setting the variable
21291 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
21292 The initial value of this variable is
21293 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
21296 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
21297 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
21298 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
21299 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
21300 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
21301 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
21304 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
21305 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
21306 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
21307 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
21308 source file. BDF fonts are included in
21309 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts
21310 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
21311 use this value, be sure to have installed
21312 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable
21313 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
21314 documentation of this variable).
21316 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
21317 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
21318 characters. This is convenient when you want or
21319 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
21320 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
21321 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
21323 Any other value is treated as nil.")
21325 (custom-autoload (quote ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule")
21327 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
21328 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
21329 STRING should contain only ASCII characters.
21331 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
21333 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
21338 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
21339 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO.
21341 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
21343 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
21347 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
21349 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
21352 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
21354 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
21355 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO.
21357 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
21360 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
21364 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
21366 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
21369 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
21371 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
21372 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters.
21376 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\
21377 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG.
21378 FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\".
21380 \(fn STRING FONTTAG)" nil nil)
21382 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
21383 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
21384 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not.
21386 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
21388 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" "\
21395 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
21396 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
21397 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
21398 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
21399 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
21400 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (17682
21402 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21404 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list (quote a4) (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list (quote a3) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list (quote letter) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list (quote legal) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list (quote letter-small) (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list (quote tabloid) (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list (quote ledger) (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list (quote statement) (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list (quote executive) (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list (quote a4small) (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list (quote b4) (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list (quote b5) (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5")) "\
21405 *List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21406 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21408 (custom-autoload (quote ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" t)
21410 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
21411 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
21412 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21413 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21415 (custom-autoload (quote ps-paper-type) "ps-print" t)
21417 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp (quote x-color-values)) (fboundp (quote color-instance-rgb-components))) "\
21418 *Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21422 nil Do not print colors.
21426 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21427 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21429 Any other value is treated as t.")
21431 (custom-autoload (quote ps-print-color-p) "ps-print" t)
21433 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
21434 Customization of ps-print group.
21438 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21439 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21441 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21442 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21443 sending it to the printer.
21445 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21446 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21447 image in a file with that name.
21449 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21451 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21452 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21453 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21454 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21455 so it has a way to determine color values.
21457 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21459 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
21460 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21461 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21463 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21465 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21466 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21467 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21468 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21469 so it has a way to determine color values.
21471 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21473 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21474 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21475 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21476 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21478 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21482 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21483 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21484 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21485 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21486 so it has a way to determine color values.
21488 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21492 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
21493 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21494 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21496 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21498 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21500 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21501 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21502 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21503 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21504 so it has a way to determine color values.
21506 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21508 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21510 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
21511 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21513 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21514 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21515 instead of sending it to the printer.
21517 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21518 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21519 image in a file with that name.
21521 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21523 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
21524 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21525 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21526 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21527 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21531 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21532 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21533 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21535 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21537 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
21538 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21539 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21541 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21543 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
21544 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21548 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
21549 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21551 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21552 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21554 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21555 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21557 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21559 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21561 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21563 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
21564 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21566 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21567 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21569 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21570 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21572 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21574 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21576 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21578 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21579 foreground and background colors respectively.
21581 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21582 bold - use bold font.
21583 italic - use italic font.
21584 underline - put a line under text.
21585 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21586 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21587 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21588 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21589 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21591 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21593 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21597 ;;;### (autoloads (jython-mode python-mode run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el"
21598 ;;;;;; (17723 56210))
21599 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21601 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("jython" . jython-mode)))
21603 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("python" . python-mode)))
21605 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.py\\'" . python-mode)))
21607 (autoload (quote run-python) "python" "\
21608 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
21609 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
21610 buffer automatically.
21612 Normally, if there is a process already running in `python-buffer',
21613 switch to that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit
21614 the initial command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args
21615 will be added to this as appropriate. A new process is started if:
21616 one isn't running attached to `python-buffer', or interactively the
21617 default `python-command', or argument NEW is non-nil. See also the
21618 documentation for `python-buffer'.
21620 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
21621 `comint-mode-hook' is run). (Type \\[describe-mode] in the process
21622 buffer for a list of commands.)
21624 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW NEW)" t nil)
21626 (autoload (quote python-mode) "python" "\
21627 Major mode for editing Python files.
21628 Font Lock mode is currently required for correct parsing of the source.
21629 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
21630 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
21631 commands for running Python under Emacs.
21633 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
21634 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
21635 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
21636 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
21637 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
21638 \\<python-mode-map>
21639 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
21640 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
21641 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
21642 deletes a character backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
21643 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
21644 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
21646 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multi-line strings appropriately, but has no
21647 effect outside them.
21649 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
21650 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
21651 lines count as headers. Symbol completion is available in the
21652 same way as in the Python shell using the `rlcompleter' module
21653 and this is added to the Hippie Expand functions locally if
21654 Hippie Expand mode is turned on. Completion of symbols of the
21655 form x.y only works if the components are literal
21656 module/attribute names, not variables. An abbrev table is set up
21657 with skeleton expansions for compound statement templates.
21659 \\{python-mode-map}
21663 (autoload (quote jython-mode) "python" "\
21664 Major mode for editing Jython files.
21665 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
21666 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
21672 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
21673 ;;;;;; (17408 40148))
21674 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21676 (autoload (quote quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "\
21677 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21678 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21681 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21682 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21684 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21685 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21686 them into characters should be done separately.
21688 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21692 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
21693 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
21694 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
21695 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
21696 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (17660 25612))
21697 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21699 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
21700 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21704 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
21705 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21706 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
21708 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21709 `quail-activate', which see.
21711 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21713 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
21714 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21715 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21716 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21717 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21718 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21719 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21721 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21722 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21723 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21724 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
21725 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21727 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21729 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
21730 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21731 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
21732 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21733 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
21734 list of candidates.
21736 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
21737 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
21738 command to be called.
21740 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
21741 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
21742 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
21743 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
21745 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
21746 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
21747 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
21748 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
21749 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
21752 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
21753 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
21754 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
21755 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
21757 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
21758 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
21759 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
21760 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
21762 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
21763 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
21764 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
21765 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
21766 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
21767 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
21769 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
21770 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
21771 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
21772 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
21773 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
21774 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
21776 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
21777 covers Quail translation region.
21779 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
21780 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
21781 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
21782 for it) is inserted.
21784 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
21785 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
21786 vs. corresponding command to be called.
21788 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
21789 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
21790 non-Quail commands.
21792 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
21794 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
21795 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
21797 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
21798 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
21799 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
21800 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
21801 you type is correctly handled.
21803 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
21805 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
21806 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
21808 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
21811 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
21813 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
21814 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
21815 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
21816 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21817 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
21818 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21819 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21820 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21821 for the translation.
21822 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21824 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21825 it is used to handle KEY.
21827 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
21828 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
21829 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
21830 the following annotation types are supported.
21832 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
21833 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
21835 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
21838 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
21839 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
21840 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
21843 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
21844 generated for the following translations.
21846 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
21848 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
21849 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
21851 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21852 which to install MAP.
21854 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
21856 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21858 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
21859 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
21861 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21862 which to install MAP.
21864 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
21866 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21868 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
21869 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
21870 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21871 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
21872 a function, or a cons.
21873 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21874 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21875 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21876 for the translation.
21877 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
21878 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
21879 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
21880 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
21881 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21883 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21884 it is used to handle KEY.
21886 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
21887 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
21888 current Quail package.
21890 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
21891 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
21893 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
21895 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
21896 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
21898 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
21899 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
21901 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
21903 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
21904 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
21906 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
21908 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
21909 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
21910 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
21911 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
21912 of the Emacs source tree.
21914 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
21915 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
21917 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
21918 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
21921 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
21925 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
21926 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
21927 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (17385
21929 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
21931 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
21932 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
21933 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
21934 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
21936 To make use of this do something like:
21938 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
21940 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
21942 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
21943 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
21945 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
21946 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
21947 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
21949 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
21951 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
21952 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
21954 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
21956 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
21957 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
21959 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
21962 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
21964 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
21965 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
21967 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
21968 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
21969 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
21971 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
21973 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
21974 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
21976 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
21978 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
21979 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
21983 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
21984 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
21986 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
21988 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
21992 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
21993 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
21999 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
22000 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (17671 12161))
22001 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22003 (autoload (quote rcirc) "rcirc" "\
22005 If ARG is non-nil, prompt for a server to connect to.
22009 (defalias (quote irc) (quote rcirc))
22011 (autoload (quote rcirc-connect) "rcirc" "\
22014 \(fn &optional SERVER PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS)" nil nil)
22016 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22017 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22018 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
22019 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22020 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22021 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22023 (custom-autoload (quote rcirc-track-minor-mode) "rcirc" nil)
22025 (autoload (quote rcirc-track-minor-mode) "rcirc" "\
22026 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22028 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22032 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (17569
22034 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
22036 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
22037 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
22040 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
22044 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
22045 ;;;;;; (17515 24181))
22046 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22048 (defalias (quote regexp-builder) (quote re-builder))
22050 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
22051 Construct a regexp interactively.
22057 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (17718 28532))
22058 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22060 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22061 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22062 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
22063 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22064 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22065 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22067 (custom-autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" nil)
22069 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
22070 Toggle recentf mode.
22071 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
22072 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
22074 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
22075 that were operated on recently.
22077 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22081 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
22082 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
22083 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
22084 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (17637
22086 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22088 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
22089 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
22090 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
22091 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
22093 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
22095 (make-obsolete (quote move-to-column-force) (quote move-to-column) "21.2")
22097 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
22098 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22099 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22100 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22103 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22104 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22107 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22109 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
22110 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22111 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22113 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22114 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22117 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22119 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
22120 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22121 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22123 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22125 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
22126 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22128 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22129 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22131 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22134 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22135 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22136 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22137 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22140 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22142 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
22143 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22147 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
22148 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22149 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22150 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22151 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22152 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22153 and point is at the lower right corner.
22155 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22157 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
22158 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22160 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22161 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22163 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22164 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
22165 on the right side of the rectangle.
22167 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22169 (defalias (quote close-rectangle) (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle))
22171 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
22172 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22173 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22174 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22175 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22177 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22178 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22180 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22182 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
22183 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22184 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22186 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22188 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22190 (defalias (quote replace-rectangle) (quote string-rectangle))
22192 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
22193 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22195 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22196 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22197 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22199 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22201 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
22202 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22203 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22205 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22206 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22207 rectangle which were empty.
22209 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22213 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (17385
22215 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22217 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
22218 Toggle Refill minor mode.
22219 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
22221 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
22222 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
22223 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
22225 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22229 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
22230 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (17408 40149))
22231 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22233 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
22234 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22238 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
22239 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22241 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22242 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22244 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22245 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22246 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22249 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22250 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22251 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22253 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22254 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22255 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22257 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22258 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22260 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22261 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22263 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22264 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22267 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22269 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22271 (autoload (quote reftex-reset-scanning-information) "reftex" "\
22272 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22273 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22279 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
22280 ;;;;;; (17408 40149))
22281 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22283 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
22284 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22285 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22286 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22287 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22288 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22290 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22292 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22294 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22295 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22296 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22297 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22298 `reftex-cite-format'.
22300 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22301 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22302 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22303 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22305 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22309 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22310 ;;;;;; (17712 850))
22311 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22313 (autoload (quote reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "\
22314 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22315 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22316 the current TeX document.
22318 With no argument, this command toggles
22319 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22320 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on iff ARG is positive.
22322 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22326 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22327 ;;;;;; (17420 32031))
22328 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22330 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
22331 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22332 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22334 To insert new phrases, use
22335 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22336 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22338 To index phrases use one of:
22340 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22341 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22342 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22343 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22344 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22346 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22347 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22349 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22351 Here are all local bindings.
22353 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
22359 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22360 ;;;;;; (17408 40149))
22361 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22363 (autoload (quote reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "\
22364 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22365 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22368 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22372 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (17704
22374 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22375 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22376 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22377 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22378 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22382 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
22383 ;;;;;; (17385 8490))
22384 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22386 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
22387 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
22388 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22389 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22390 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22391 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22393 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22394 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22396 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22399 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22401 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
22402 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22403 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22404 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22406 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22410 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (17385 8487))
22411 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22413 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
22414 Repeat most recently executed command.
22415 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
22416 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
22417 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
22419 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
22420 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
22421 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22423 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22427 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
22428 ;;;;;; (17385 8494))
22429 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22431 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
22432 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22434 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22435 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22436 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22437 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22438 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22439 and point is left after the salutation.
22441 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22442 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22443 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22444 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22445 left after that text.
22447 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22450 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22451 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22452 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22453 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22455 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22459 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
22460 ;;;;;; (17385 8487))
22461 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22463 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
22464 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22465 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22466 visibility of comments that precede it.
22467 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22468 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22469 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22470 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22471 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22472 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22473 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22474 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22476 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22477 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22478 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22479 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22480 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22482 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22483 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
22487 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (17385
22489 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
22491 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
22492 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes.
22498 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
22499 ;;;;;; (17495 43954))
22500 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22502 (autoload (quote reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
22503 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
22504 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22506 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22507 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22508 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22510 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22512 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22513 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22514 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
22515 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22516 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22518 (custom-autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal")
22520 (put (quote global-reveal-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
22522 (autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
22523 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
22524 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22526 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22527 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22528 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22530 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22534 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
22535 ;;;;;; (17385 8490))
22536 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22538 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
22539 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22543 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
22544 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22546 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22550 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (17385 8495))
22551 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22552 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
22554 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
22555 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22556 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22557 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22559 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22561 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22562 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22563 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22564 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22566 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22567 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22569 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22570 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22572 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22573 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22576 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22577 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22578 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22579 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22580 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22582 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22583 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22584 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22585 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22587 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22588 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22591 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22595 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
22596 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
22597 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
22598 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
22599 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
22600 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names
22601 ;;;;;; rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (17704
22603 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22605 (autoload (quote rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "\
22606 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22607 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22609 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22611 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22612 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
22613 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
22614 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
22616 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-dont-reply-to-names) "rmail" t)
22618 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "\\`info-" "\
22619 A regular expression specifying part of the default value of the
22620 variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
22621 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
22622 value is the user's email address and name.)
22623 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
22625 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:\\|^DomainKey-Signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:") "\
22626 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22627 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22628 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22629 which normally happens once for each message,
22630 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22631 To make a change in this variable take effect
22632 for a message that you have already viewed,
22633 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22635 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-ignored-headers) "rmail" t)
22637 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22638 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22639 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22640 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22642 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-displayed-headers) "rmail" t)
22644 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
22645 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22647 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-retry-ignored-headers) "rmail" t)
22649 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
22650 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22651 A value of nil means don't highlight.
22652 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
22654 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlighted-headers) "rmail" t)
22656 (defvar rmail-highlight-face (quote rmail-highlight) "\
22657 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
22659 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlight-face) "rmail" t)
22661 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
22662 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
22664 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-delete-after-output) "rmail" t)
22666 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22667 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
22668 nil means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
22669 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
22670 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
22672 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-primary-inbox-list) "rmail" t)
22674 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
22675 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.
22676 This is handy if you want to preserve the window configuration of
22677 the frame where you have the RMAIL buffer displayed.")
22679 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-mail-new-frame) "rmail" t)
22681 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
22682 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
22684 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-directory) "rmail" t)
22686 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
22687 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
22689 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-regexp) "rmail" t)
22691 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
22692 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
22694 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-confirm-expunge) "rmail" t)
22696 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
22697 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
22699 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
22700 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
22702 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
22703 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
22705 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-show-message-hook) "rmail" t)
22707 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
22708 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
22710 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
22711 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
22712 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
22713 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
22715 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
22716 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
22718 This is set to nil by default.")
22720 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
22721 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
22722 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
22723 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
22724 until a user explicitly requires it.
22726 Even if the value is non-nil, you can't use MIME feature
22727 if the feature specified by `rmail-mime-feature' is not available
22730 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-enable-mime) "rmail" t)
22732 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
22733 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
22734 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22735 It is called with no argument.")
22737 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
22738 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
22739 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
22740 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
22741 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22742 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22743 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22745 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
22746 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
22747 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22748 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22749 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22750 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22752 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
22753 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
22754 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22755 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
22756 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
22758 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
22759 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
22760 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22761 It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
22762 MSG is the message number,
22763 REGEXP is the regular expression,
22764 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
22766 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
22767 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
22768 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
22769 this feature is required with `require'.
22771 The default value is `rmail-mime'. This feature is provided by
22772 the rmail-mime package available at <http://www.m17n.org/rmail-mime/>.")
22774 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
22775 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
22776 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
22777 the message is decoded as normal way.
22779 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
22780 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
22781 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
22783 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern (concat "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;" "\\(?:[ \n]*\\(?:format\\|delsp\\)=\"?[-a-z0-9]+\"?;\\)*" "[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\";]+\\)\"?") "\
22784 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
22785 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
22787 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
22788 Read and edit incoming mail.
22789 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
22790 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
22791 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
22793 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
22794 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
22795 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
22796 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
22798 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
22800 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
22802 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
22803 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
22804 All normal editing commands are turned off.
22805 Instead, these commands are available:
22807 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
22808 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
22809 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
22810 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
22811 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
22812 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
22813 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
22814 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
22815 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
22816 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
22817 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
22818 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
22819 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
22820 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
22821 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
22822 till a deleted message is found.
22823 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
22824 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
22825 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
22826 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
22827 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
22828 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
22829 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
22830 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
22831 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
22832 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
22833 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
22834 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
22835 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
22836 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
22837 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
22838 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
22839 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
22840 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
22841 (label defaults to last one specified).
22842 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
22843 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
22844 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
22845 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
22846 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
22847 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
22848 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
22849 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
22850 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
22854 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
22855 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
22857 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22859 (autoload (quote rmail-set-remote-password) "rmail" "\
22860 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
22862 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
22866 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
22867 ;;;;;; (17385 8494))
22868 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
22870 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
22871 Edit the contents of this message.
22877 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
22878 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
22879 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (17385 8494))
22880 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
22882 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22883 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
22884 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
22886 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
22888 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22889 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
22890 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
22892 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
22894 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22897 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
22899 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
22900 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
22901 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
22902 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
22903 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
22905 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
22907 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
22908 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
22909 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
22910 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
22911 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
22913 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
22917 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
22918 ;;;;;; (17385 8494))
22919 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
22921 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
22922 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
22923 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
22924 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
22926 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
22930 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
22931 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
22932 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (17385 8494))
22933 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
22935 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
22936 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
22937 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
22938 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
22939 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
22940 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
22941 a file name as a string.")
22943 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout")
22945 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
22946 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
22947 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
22948 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
22949 buffer visiting that file.
22950 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
22951 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
22953 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
22954 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
22956 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
22957 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
22959 If the optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
22960 message up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message.
22962 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT STAY)" t nil)
22964 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
22965 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
22967 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-fields-not-to-output) "rmailout")
22969 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
22970 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
22971 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
22972 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
22973 When called from lisp code, COUNT may be omitted and defaults to 1.
22975 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
22976 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
22977 will be appended with their original headers.
22979 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
22980 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
22982 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
22983 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
22985 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS.
22987 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil)
22989 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
22990 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
22991 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message.
22993 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
22997 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
22998 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
22999 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (17385
23001 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
23003 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
23004 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
23005 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23007 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23009 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
23010 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
23011 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23013 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23015 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
23016 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
23017 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23019 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23021 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
23022 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
23023 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23025 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23027 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
23028 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
23029 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23031 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23033 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
23034 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
23035 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23037 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23039 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\
23040 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
23041 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23042 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.
23044 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
23048 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
23049 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
23050 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
23051 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
23052 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (17427 10522))
23053 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
23055 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
23056 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
23058 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) "rmailsum")
23060 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
23061 *Non-nil means Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
23063 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-count-flag) "rmailsum")
23065 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
23066 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
23070 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
23071 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
23072 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
23074 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
23076 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
23077 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
23078 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
23079 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
23080 only look in the To and From fields.
23081 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
23083 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
23085 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
23086 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
23087 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
23088 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
23089 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary.
23091 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
23093 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
23094 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
23095 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
23096 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
23097 look in the whole message.
23098 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
23100 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
23102 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
23103 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
23104 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.
23106 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
23108 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
23109 *Function to decode summary-line.
23111 By default, `identity' is set.")
23113 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-decoder) "rmailsum")
23115 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
23116 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
23117 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
23118 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
23119 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23120 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23121 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23123 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23124 sent by you under different user names.
23125 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23127 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23129 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-user-mail-address-regexp) "rmailsum")
23133 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "obsolete/rnewspost.el"
23134 ;;;;;; (17385 8495))
23135 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rnewspost.el
23137 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
23138 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
23139 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
23140 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work.
23142 \(fn &optional NOQUERY)" t nil)
23146 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
23147 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (17385 8487))
23148 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23150 (autoload (quote rot13) "rot13" "\
23151 Return Rot13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23153 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23155 (autoload (quote rot13-string) "rot13" "\
23156 Return Rot13 encryption of STRING.
23158 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23160 (autoload (quote rot13-region) "rot13" "\
23161 Rot13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23163 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23165 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
23166 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
23167 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23169 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23170 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23173 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23177 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
23178 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window.
23184 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
23185 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
23186 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
23187 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "obsolete/rsz-mini.el"
23188 ;;;;;; (17385 8495))
23189 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rsz-mini.el
23191 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
23192 *This variable is obsolete.")
23194 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini")
23196 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
23197 *This variable is obsolete.")
23199 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-max-height) "rsz-mini")
23201 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
23202 *This variable is obsolete.")
23204 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-exactly) "rsz-mini")
23206 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
23207 *This variable is obsolete.")
23209 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame) "rsz-mini")
23211 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
23212 *This variable is obsolete.")
23214 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height) "rsz-mini")
23216 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
23217 *This variable is obsolete.")
23219 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly) "rsz-mini")
23221 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
23222 This function is obsolete.
23224 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
23228 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (17385
23230 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23232 (autoload (quote ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "\
23233 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
23235 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23239 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (17420
23241 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23243 (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\
23244 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23245 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23246 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23248 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23250 (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\
23251 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23252 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23253 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23255 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23259 matches string STRING literally.
23262 matches character CHAR literally.
23264 `not-newline', `nonl'
23265 matches any character except a newline.
23268 matches any character
23273 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23274 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23275 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23277 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23278 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23279 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23280 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23282 `(not (any SET ...))'
23283 matches any character not in SET ...
23285 `line-start', `bol'
23286 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23287 in the text being matched
23290 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23292 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23293 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23294 string being matched against.
23296 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23297 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23298 string being matched against.
23301 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23302 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23305 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23306 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23309 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23311 `word-start', `bow'
23312 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23316 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23319 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23322 `(not word-boundary)'
23323 `not-word-boundary'
23324 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23327 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23328 matches 0 through 9.
23331 matches ASCII control characters.
23333 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23334 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23337 matches space and tab only.
23340 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23343 `printing', `print'
23344 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23347 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23348 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23349 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23351 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23352 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23353 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23356 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23359 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23361 `lower', `lower-case'
23362 matches anything lower-case.
23364 `upper', `upper-case'
23365 matches anything upper-case.
23367 `punctuation', `punct'
23368 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23369 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23371 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23372 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23375 matches anything that has word syntax.
23378 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23381 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23382 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23383 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23385 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23386 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23389 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23390 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23391 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23392 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23393 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23395 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23396 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23397 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23398 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23399 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23401 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23402 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23404 `(category CATEGORY)'
23405 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23406 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23408 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23409 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23410 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23411 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23415 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23416 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23417 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23418 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23419 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23420 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23421 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
23422 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23423 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23424 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23425 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23426 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23427 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23428 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23437 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23441 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23443 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23448 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23449 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23451 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23452 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23453 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23454 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23455 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23457 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23458 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23459 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23460 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23462 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23463 another name for `submatch'.
23465 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23466 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23467 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23468 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23469 regular expression.
23471 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23472 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23473 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23474 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23475 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23477 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23478 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23480 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23481 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23483 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23485 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23488 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23489 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23492 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23493 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23495 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23497 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23500 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23503 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23505 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23506 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23508 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23511 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23514 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23518 matches N occurrences.
23521 matches N or more occurrences.
23523 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23524 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23525 matches N to M occurrences.
23528 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23531 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23534 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23537 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23541 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23543 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
23547 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el"
23548 ;;;;;; (17476 4798))
23549 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23551 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23552 Mode for automatic saving of minibuffer history.
23553 Set this by calling the `savehist-mode' function or using the customize
23556 (custom-autoload (quote savehist-mode) "savehist")
23558 (autoload (quote savehist-mode) "savehist" "\
23559 Toggle savehist-mode.
23560 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
23561 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
23562 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
23563 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
23565 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23566 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
23567 which is probably undesirable.
23573 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
23574 ;;;;;; (17394 12938))
23575 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23577 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
23578 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23579 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23581 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23582 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23583 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23584 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23585 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23586 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23587 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23588 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23591 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23592 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23593 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23594 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
23595 if that value is non-nil.
23599 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
23600 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23601 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23604 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23605 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23606 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23607 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23608 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23609 that variable's value is a string.
23615 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
23616 ;;;;;; (17385 8494))
23617 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23619 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
23620 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23621 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23623 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23629 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "obsolete/scribe.el" (17385
23631 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/scribe.el
23633 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
23634 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
23635 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
23636 \\{scribe-mode-map}
23638 Interesting variables:
23640 `scribe-fancy-paragraphs'
23641 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
23643 `scribe-electric-quote'
23644 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
23646 `scribe-electric-parenthesis'
23647 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
23648 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form.
23654 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
23655 ;;;;;; (17385 8487))
23656 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23658 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23659 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23660 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
23661 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23662 use either \\[customize] or the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23664 (custom-autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all")
23666 (put (quote scroll-all-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
23668 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
23669 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
23670 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23671 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
23672 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23674 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23678 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
23679 ;;;;;; (17385 8487))
23680 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23682 (autoload (quote scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "\
23683 Minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23684 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
23685 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
23686 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
23689 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23693 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
23694 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-send-nonascii mail-bury-selects-summary mail-default-headers
23695 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
23696 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
23697 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
23698 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
23699 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
23700 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
23701 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (17660 26729))
23702 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23704 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
23705 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23707 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23709 If `parens', they look like:
23710 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23711 If `angles', they look like:
23712 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23713 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
23714 derived from the envelope-from address.
23716 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
23717 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
23718 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
23719 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
23721 (custom-autoload (quote mail-from-style) "sendmail" t)
23723 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23724 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23725 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23726 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23728 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23729 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23730 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23731 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23733 (custom-autoload (quote mail-specify-envelope-from) "sendmail" t)
23735 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23736 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23737 This is done when the message is initialized,
23738 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23740 (custom-autoload (quote mail-self-blind) "sendmail" t)
23742 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
23743 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23744 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
23746 (custom-autoload (quote mail-interactive) "sendmail" t)
23748 (put (quote send-mail-function) (quote standard-value) (quote ((if (and window-system (memq system-type (quote (darwin windows-nt)))) (quote mailclient-send-it) (quote sendmail-send-it)))))
23750 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and window-system (memq system-type (quote (darwin windows-nt)))) (quote mailclient-send-it) (quote sendmail-send-it)) "\
23751 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23752 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23753 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23754 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23755 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
23756 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23758 (custom-autoload (quote send-mail-function) "sendmail" t)
23760 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
23761 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
23763 (custom-autoload (quote mail-header-separator) "sendmail" t)
23765 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
23766 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
23767 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
23769 (custom-autoload (quote mail-archive-file-name) "sendmail" t)
23771 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
23772 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
23773 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
23774 when you first send mail.")
23776 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-reply-to) "sendmail" t)
23778 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
23779 If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
23780 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
23781 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
23782 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
23784 (custom-autoload (quote mail-alias-file) "sendmail" t)
23786 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
23787 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
23788 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
23789 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
23790 This file need not actually exist.")
23792 (custom-autoload (quote mail-personal-alias-file) "sendmail" t)
23794 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
23795 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing mail message is initialized.
23796 The function `mail-setup' runs this hook.")
23798 (custom-autoload (quote mail-setup-hook) "sendmail" t)
23800 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
23801 Alist of mail address aliases,
23802 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
23803 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
23804 can specify a different file name.)
23805 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
23806 alias ALIAS MEANING")
23808 (defvar mail-yank-prefix nil "\
23809 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
23810 nil means use indentation.")
23812 (custom-autoload (quote mail-yank-prefix) "sendmail" t)
23814 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
23815 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
23816 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
23818 (custom-autoload (quote mail-indentation-spaces) "sendmail" t)
23820 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
23821 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
23822 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
23823 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
23824 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
23825 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
23826 in the cited portion of the message.
23828 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
23829 instead of no action.")
23831 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-hook) "sendmail" t)
23833 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp "[ ]*[-a-z0-9A-Z]*>+[ ]*\\|[ ]*" "\
23834 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
23835 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
23836 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
23837 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
23839 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-prefix-regexp) "sendmail" t)
23841 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
23842 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
23843 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
23844 If a string, that string is inserted.
23845 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
23846 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
23847 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
23848 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
23850 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature) "sendmail" t)
23852 (defvar mail-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
23853 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
23855 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature-file) "sendmail" t)
23857 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
23858 Directory for mail buffers.
23859 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
23860 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
23862 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-directory) "sendmail" t)
23864 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
23865 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
23866 It is inserted before you edit the message,
23867 so you can edit or delete these lines.")
23869 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-headers) "sendmail" t)
23871 (defvar mail-bury-selects-summary t "\
23872 If non-nil, try to show RMAIL summary buffer after returning from mail.
23873 The functions \\[mail-send-on-exit] or \\[mail-dont-send] select
23874 the RMAIL summary buffer before returning, if it exists and this variable
23877 (custom-autoload (quote mail-bury-selects-summary) "sendmail" t)
23879 (defvar mail-send-nonascii (quote mime) "\
23880 Specify whether to allow sending non-ASCII characters in mail.
23881 If t, that means do allow it. nil means don't allow it.
23882 `query' means ask the user each time.
23883 `mime' means add an appropriate MIME header if none already present.
23884 The default is `mime'.
23885 Including non-ASCII characters in a mail message can be problematical
23886 for the recipient, who may not know how to decode them properly.")
23888 (custom-autoload (quote mail-send-nonascii) "sendmail" t)
23890 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
23891 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
23892 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
23894 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
23895 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
23897 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
23898 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
23899 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
23900 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
23901 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
23902 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
23903 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
23904 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
23905 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
23906 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
23907 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC).
23908 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
23909 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
23913 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
23914 *List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
23916 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
23917 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
23919 (custom-autoload (quote mail-mailing-lists) "sendmail" t)
23921 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
23922 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
23923 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
23924 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
23925 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
23926 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
23928 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
23929 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
23930 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
23932 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
23933 User should not set this variable manually,
23934 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
23935 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
23936 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
23937 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
23939 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
23940 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
23941 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
23942 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
23944 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
23945 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
23948 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
23950 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
23951 to move to message header fields:
23954 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
23955 when the message is initialized.
23957 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
23958 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
23960 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
23963 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
23964 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
23966 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
23967 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
23968 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
23969 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
23970 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
23971 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
23972 buffer without erasing the contents.
23974 The second through fifth arguments,
23975 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
23976 the initial contents of those header fields.
23977 These arguments should not have final newlines.
23978 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
23979 original message being replied to, or else an action
23980 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
23981 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
23982 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
23983 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
23984 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
23985 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
23987 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
23989 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
23990 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
23992 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
23994 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
23995 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
23997 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24001 ;;;### (autoloads (server-mode server-start) "server" "server.el"
24002 ;;;;;; (17581 37625))
24003 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24005 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
24006 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24007 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
24008 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
24009 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
24010 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24012 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24014 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
24016 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24017 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24018 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
24019 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24020 use either \\[customize] or the function `server-mode'.")
24022 (custom-autoload (quote server-mode) "server")
24024 (put (quote server-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
24026 (autoload (quote server-mode) "server" "\
24027 Toggle Server mode.
24028 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24029 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24030 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
24032 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24036 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (17693 24641))
24037 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24039 (autoload (quote ses-mode) "ses" "\
24040 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24041 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in the etc data directory) for more info.
24045 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
24046 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24047 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
24048 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24054 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
24055 ;;;;;; (17524 25620))
24056 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24058 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
24059 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24061 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24064 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24065 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24066 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24068 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24069 in your `.emacs' file.
24071 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24073 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24074 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24079 (defalias (quote xml-mode) (quote sgml-mode))
24081 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
24082 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24083 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24084 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24085 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24086 which this is based.
24088 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24090 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24091 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24092 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24093 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24095 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24096 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24097 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24099 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24100 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24101 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24102 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24104 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24105 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24106 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24107 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24109 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24111 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24112 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''.
24113 To work around that, do:
24114 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24122 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
24123 ;;;;;; (17709 24918))
24124 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24125 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24127 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
24128 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24129 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24130 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24131 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24132 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24134 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24135 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24136 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24137 shell-specific features.
24139 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24140 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24141 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24143 \\[sh-case] case statement
24144 \\[sh-for] for loop
24145 \\[sh-function] function definition
24146 \\[sh-if] if statement
24147 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24148 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24149 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24150 \\[sh-select] select loop
24151 \\[sh-until] until loop
24152 \\[sh-while] while loop
24154 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24155 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24156 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24157 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24158 would indent to the way it currently is.
24159 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24160 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24163 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24164 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24165 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24166 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24167 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24168 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24170 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
24172 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
24174 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24175 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24176 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24178 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24179 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24183 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
24187 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "gnus/sha1.el" (17385 8494))
24188 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sha1.el
24190 (autoload (quote sha1) "sha1" "\
24191 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
24192 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
24193 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
24194 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
24195 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
24197 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
24201 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
24202 ;;;;;; (17385 8490))
24203 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24205 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
24206 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24208 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
24209 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24210 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24211 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24214 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24216 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
24218 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24219 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24220 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24222 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
24223 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
24225 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24226 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24227 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
24228 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24229 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
24230 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
24231 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24234 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24235 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24236 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24237 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24238 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24240 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
24241 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
24242 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
24248 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
24249 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (17385
24251 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24253 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
24254 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24255 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24256 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24257 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24258 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
24263 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
24264 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24265 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24266 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24267 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24271 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
24272 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24273 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24274 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24275 hosts (if they aren't, use shadow-define-group instead of this function).
24276 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24277 `shadow-define-cluster').
24281 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
24282 Set up file shadowing.
24288 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
24289 ;;;;;; (17717 4883))
24290 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24292 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
24293 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24294 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24295 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24296 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24299 (custom-autoload (quote shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" t)
24301 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
24302 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24303 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24304 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24305 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24306 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24307 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24308 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
24309 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
24310 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
24311 discards input when it starts up.)
24312 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24313 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24314 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24316 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24317 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24318 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24319 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24320 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24321 `default-process-coding-system'.
24323 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24324 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24325 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24326 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24328 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24330 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24331 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
24335 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
24336 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (17385 8494))
24337 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24339 (autoload (quote sieve-manage) "sieve" "\
24342 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24344 (autoload (quote sieve-upload) "sieve" "\
24347 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24349 (autoload (quote sieve-upload-and-bury) "sieve" "\
24352 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24356 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
24357 ;;;;;; (17385 8494))
24358 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24360 (autoload (quote sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "\
24361 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24362 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24363 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24364 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24366 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24372 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simple" "simple.el" (17718 31961))
24373 ;;; Generated autoloads from simple.el
24374 (put 'fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
24378 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (17394
24380 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24382 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
24383 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24384 \\{simula-mode-map}
24385 Variables controlling indentation style:
24386 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24387 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24388 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24389 `simula-indent-level'
24390 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24391 `simula-substatement-offset'
24392 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24393 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24394 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24395 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24396 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24397 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24398 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24399 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24400 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24401 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24402 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24403 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24404 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24405 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24406 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24407 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24408 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24409 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24410 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24411 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24412 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24413 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24414 or nil if they should not be changed.
24415 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24416 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24417 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24418 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24420 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24421 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24427 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
24428 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (17524 25620))
24429 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24431 (defvar skeleton-filter-function (quote identity) "\
24432 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24434 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
24435 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24436 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24437 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24439 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
24441 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
24443 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24444 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24445 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24446 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24447 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24449 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24450 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24452 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24454 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
24455 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24457 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24458 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24459 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24460 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24462 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24463 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24464 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24465 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24467 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24468 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24469 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24471 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24472 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24474 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24475 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24477 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
24478 _ interesting point, interregion here
24479 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24480 interesting point set by _
24481 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24482 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24483 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point
24484 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point
24485 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24486 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24489 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24490 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24492 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
24493 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
24494 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
24495 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24496 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
24497 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24498 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
24499 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24501 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24502 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24503 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24504 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24505 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24508 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24509 then: insert previously read string once more
24510 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24511 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24512 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24514 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24515 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24517 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24519 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
24520 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24522 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24523 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24524 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24525 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24526 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24529 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24530 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24531 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24537 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el"
24538 ;;;;;; (17495 43954))
24539 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
24541 (autoload (quote smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "\
24542 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24543 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24546 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24548 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
24549 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24550 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24552 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24556 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
24557 ;;;;;; (17476 4800))
24558 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24560 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley" "\
24561 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24562 A list of images is returned.
24564 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24566 (autoload (quote smiley-buffer) "smiley" "\
24567 Run `smiley-region' at the buffer, specified in the argument or
24568 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer
24570 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24574 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
24575 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (17718 28532))
24576 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24578 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "\
24583 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-queued-mail) "smtpmail" "\
24584 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24590 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (17385 8495))
24591 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24593 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
24594 Play the Snake game.
24595 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24597 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24599 Snake mode keybindings:
24601 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24602 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24603 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24604 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24605 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24606 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24607 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24613 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
24614 ;;;;;; (17385 8495))
24615 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24617 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
24618 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24619 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24620 Tab indents for C code.
24621 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24622 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24624 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24629 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
24630 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24631 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24632 Tab indents for C code.
24633 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24634 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24636 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24637 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24643 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
24644 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
24645 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (17386 33146))
24646 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24648 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
24649 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
24651 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
24652 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
24653 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
24655 For example, the form
24657 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
24658 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
24660 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
24662 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-time-display-form) "solar")
24664 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
24665 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24667 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24668 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
24669 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
24672 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24674 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-latitude) "solar")
24676 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
24677 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24679 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24680 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
24681 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
24684 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24686 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-longitude) "solar")
24688 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
24689 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
24690 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
24693 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24695 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-location-name) "solar")
24697 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
24698 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24699 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
24701 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
24702 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24704 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
24706 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24708 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
24709 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
24710 Requires floating point.
24716 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (17385
24718 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24720 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
24723 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24724 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24725 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24726 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24727 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24728 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24729 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24730 check after each move or undo)
24734 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24735 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24736 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24755 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
24756 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
24757 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24758 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24760 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24761 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24762 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
24765 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
24766 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
24768 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
24784 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
24786 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
24792 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
24793 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
24794 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (17476 4798))
24795 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
24797 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
24798 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
24800 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
24801 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
24802 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
24803 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
24806 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
24807 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
24808 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24811 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
24812 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
24814 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
24815 It moves point to the start of the next record.
24816 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
24817 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
24820 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
24821 It should move point to the end of the record.
24823 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
24824 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
24825 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
24826 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
24827 starts at the beginning of the record.
24829 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
24830 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
24833 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
24834 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
24836 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
24838 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
24839 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24840 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24841 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24842 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24845 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24847 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
24848 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24849 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24850 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24851 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24854 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24856 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
24857 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24858 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24859 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24860 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24863 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24865 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
24866 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
24867 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24868 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
24869 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
24870 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
24871 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24872 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24873 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24875 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24877 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
24878 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
24879 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24880 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24881 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24882 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24883 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24886 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24888 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
24889 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
24890 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
24891 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
24892 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
24893 is to be used for sorting.
24894 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
24895 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
24896 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
24897 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
24898 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
24900 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
24902 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24905 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
24906 starting with the letter \"f\",
24907 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
24909 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
24911 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
24912 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
24913 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
24914 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
24915 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
24916 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
24917 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24920 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
24921 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
24922 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
24923 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
24924 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
24926 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
24928 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
24929 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
24930 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
24932 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
24936 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (17476
24938 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
24940 (autoload (quote spam-initialize) "spam" "\
24941 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization
24947 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
24948 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
24949 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (17386 33146))
24950 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
24952 (autoload (quote spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report" "\
24953 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
24955 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
24956 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
24957 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
24959 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
24961 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-ping-mm-url) "spam-report" "\
24962 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
24963 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
24966 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
24968 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-to-file) "spam-report" "\
24969 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
24970 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
24972 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
24974 (autoload (quote spam-report-agentize) "spam-report" "\
24975 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
24976 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
24977 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
24982 (autoload (quote spam-report-deagentize) "spam-report" "\
24983 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
24984 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
24985 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
24991 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
24992 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (17535 19469))
24993 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
24995 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
24997 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
24998 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
24999 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25000 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25001 supported at a time.
25002 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25003 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25005 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25007 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
25008 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25009 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25010 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25016 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
25017 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (17385 8496))
25018 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
25020 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
25022 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
25023 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
25024 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
25025 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
25026 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
25027 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
25031 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
25032 Check spelling of word at or before point.
25033 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
25034 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
25038 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
25039 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
25040 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
25041 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
25042 for example, \"word\".
25044 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
25046 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
25047 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
25049 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
25053 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (17385
25055 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25057 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
25058 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25062 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
25063 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25069 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
25070 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
25071 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
25072 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (17394
25074 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25076 (autoload (quote sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "\
25077 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25079 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a sql product, such as
25080 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25081 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25082 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25083 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25084 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25085 of the current highlighting list.
25089 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25090 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25092 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25093 `_t' as data types.
25095 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25097 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
25098 Show short help for the SQL modes.
25100 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
25101 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
25103 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
25105 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
25106 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
25107 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
25109 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
25111 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
25112 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
25113 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
25114 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
25115 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
25116 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
25118 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
25119 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
25121 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
25123 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
25124 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
25125 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
25126 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
25128 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
25129 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
25130 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
25131 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
25133 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
25134 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
25135 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
25139 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
25140 Major mode to edit SQL.
25142 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25143 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25144 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25147 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25149 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25150 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25151 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25152 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25153 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25154 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25156 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25157 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25159 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25160 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
25161 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
25163 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25165 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25169 (autoload (quote sql-product-interactive) "sql" "\
25170 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
25172 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25173 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25176 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25178 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
25180 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
25181 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25183 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25184 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25187 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25188 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25189 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25190 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25192 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25193 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25195 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25196 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25197 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25198 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25199 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25200 `default-process-coding-system'.
25202 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25206 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
25207 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
25209 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25210 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25213 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25214 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25215 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25216 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25218 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25219 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25221 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25222 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25223 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25224 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25225 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25226 `default-process-coding-system'.
25228 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25232 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
25233 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25235 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25236 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25239 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25240 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25242 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25243 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25245 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25246 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25247 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25248 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25249 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25250 `default-process-coding-system'.
25252 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25256 (autoload (quote sql-sqlite) "sql" "\
25257 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25259 SQLite is free software.
25261 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25262 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25265 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25266 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25267 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25268 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25270 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25271 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25273 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25274 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25275 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25276 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25277 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25278 `default-process-coding-system'.
25280 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25284 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
25285 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25287 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25289 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25290 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25293 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25294 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25295 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25296 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25298 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25299 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25301 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25302 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25303 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25304 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25305 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25306 `default-process-coding-system'.
25308 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25312 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
25313 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25315 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25316 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25319 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25320 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25323 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25324 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25326 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25327 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25328 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25329 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25330 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25331 `default-process-coding-system'.
25333 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25337 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
25338 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25340 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25341 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25344 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25345 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25347 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25348 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25350 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25351 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25352 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25353 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25354 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25355 `default-process-coding-system'.
25357 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25361 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
25362 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25364 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25365 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25368 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25369 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25370 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25371 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25373 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25374 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25376 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25377 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25378 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25379 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25380 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25381 `default-process-coding-system'.
25383 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25387 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
25388 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25390 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25391 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25394 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25395 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25396 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25397 `sql-postgres-options'.
25399 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25400 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25402 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25403 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25404 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25405 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25406 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25407 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25408 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25409 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25411 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25412 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25414 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25418 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
25419 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25421 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25422 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25425 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25426 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25429 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25430 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25432 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25433 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25434 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25435 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25436 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25437 `default-process-coding-system'.
25439 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25443 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\
25444 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25446 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25447 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25450 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25453 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25454 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25456 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25457 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25458 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25459 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25461 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25462 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25463 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25464 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25465 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25466 `default-process-coding-system'.
25468 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25472 (autoload (quote sql-linter) "sql" "\
25473 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25475 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25476 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25479 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25480 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25481 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25482 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25485 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25486 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25487 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25488 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25491 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25492 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25494 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25500 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
25501 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
25502 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
25503 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
25504 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (17704
25506 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25508 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
25509 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25510 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
25511 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
25512 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25513 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25515 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25517 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25519 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
25520 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25521 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25522 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25523 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25524 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25525 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25527 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25529 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25530 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25531 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25532 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25533 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25534 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25535 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25537 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25539 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
25540 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25541 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25543 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25545 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25546 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25547 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25549 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25551 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
25552 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25554 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25556 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
25557 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25561 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
25562 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25566 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
25567 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25568 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
25569 chronologically by command name.
25570 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25572 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25574 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25575 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25576 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25577 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25578 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25579 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25581 (custom-autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" nil)
25583 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
25584 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
25585 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
25586 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25587 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25588 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25589 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25591 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25592 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25593 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25594 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25596 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25598 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25600 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
25601 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25602 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25603 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25605 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25607 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25608 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25614 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
25615 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (17075 55479))
25616 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25618 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
25619 Studlify-case the region.
25621 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25623 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
25624 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25626 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25628 (autoload (quote studlify-buffer) "studly" "\
25629 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25635 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-library) "subr" "subr.el" (17724 51792))
25636 ;;; Generated autoloads from subr.el
25638 (autoload (quote locate-library) "subr" "\
25639 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
25640 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `\\[load-library]'
25641 to find the file that `\\[load-library] RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
25642 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
25643 to the specified name LIBRARY.
25645 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
25646 is used instead of `load-path'.
25648 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
25649 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
25650 and the file name is displayed in the echo area.
25652 \(fn LIBRARY &optional NOSUFFIX PATH INTERACTIVE-CALL)" t nil)
25656 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
25657 ;;;;;; (17385 8494))
25658 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
25660 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
25661 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
25662 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
25663 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
25664 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
25665 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
25666 original message but it does require a few things:
25668 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
25670 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
25673 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
25674 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
25677 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
25679 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
25681 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
25682 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
25683 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
25689 ;;;### (autoloads (t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (17614 9197))
25690 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
25692 (defvar t-mouse-mode nil "\
25693 Non-nil if T-Mouse mode is enabled.
25694 See the command `t-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25695 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25696 use either \\[customize] or the function `t-mouse-mode'.")
25698 (custom-autoload (quote t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" nil)
25700 (autoload (quote t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "\
25701 Toggle t-mouse mode.
25702 With prefix arg, turn t-mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
25704 Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use t-mouse commands.
25706 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25710 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (17607 45512))
25711 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
25713 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
25714 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
25715 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25716 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25717 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25719 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25721 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
25722 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
25723 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
25724 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
25725 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25726 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25727 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25729 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25733 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
25734 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
25735 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
25736 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
25737 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
25738 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
25739 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
25740 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
25741 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
25742 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
25743 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
25744 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
25745 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (17717 4883))
25746 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
25748 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
25749 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
25750 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
25752 (custom-autoload (quote table-cell-map-hook) "table" t)
25754 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
25755 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
25757 (custom-autoload (quote table-load-hook) "table" t)
25759 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
25760 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
25762 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-entered-cell-hook) "table" t)
25764 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
25765 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
25767 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-left-cell-hook) "table" t)
25769 (autoload (quote table-insert) "table" "\
25770 Insert an editable text table.
25771 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
25772 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
25773 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
25774 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
25775 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
25776 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
25781 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
25783 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
25788 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
25789 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
25790 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
25791 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
25794 +-----+-----+-----+
25796 +-----+-----+-----+
25798 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
25800 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
25801 width, which results as
25803 +--------------+-----+-----+
25805 +--------------+-----+-----+
25807 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
25808 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
25810 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25812 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25814 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
25815 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
25816 width information to `table-insert'.
25818 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
25824 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
25827 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
25828 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
25830 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25833 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25835 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
25837 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25840 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25843 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25845 Move the point under the table as shown below.
25847 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25850 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25853 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25856 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
25857 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
25858 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
25860 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25863 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25866 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25869 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25871 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
25874 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25877 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25878 | | |Text editing inside the table |
25879 | | |cell produces reasonably |
25880 | | |expected results.-!- |
25881 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25884 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25886 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
25890 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
25892 (autoload (quote table-insert-row) "table" "\
25893 Insert N table row(s).
25894 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
25895 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
25896 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
25897 are appended at the bottom of the table.
25901 (autoload (quote table-insert-column) "table" "\
25902 Insert N table column(s).
25903 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
25904 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
25905 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
25906 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
25910 (autoload (quote table-insert-row-column) "table" "\
25911 Insert row(s) or column(s).
25912 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
25914 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
25916 (autoload (quote table-recognize) "table" "\
25917 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
25918 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
25919 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
25920 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
25921 all the table specific features.
25923 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25925 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize) "table" "\
25930 (autoload (quote table-recognize-region) "table" "\
25931 Recognize all tables within region.
25932 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
25933 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
25934 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
25937 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
25939 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-region) "table" "\
25942 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25944 (autoload (quote table-recognize-table) "table" "\
25945 Recognize a table at point.
25946 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
25947 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
25948 the table specific features.
25950 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25952 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-table) "table" "\
25957 (autoload (quote table-recognize-cell) "table" "\
25958 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
25959 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
25960 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
25961 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
25962 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
25963 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
25965 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
25967 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-cell) "table" "\
25972 (autoload (quote table-heighten-cell) "table" "\
25973 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
25974 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
25975 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
25976 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
25977 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
25980 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
25982 (autoload (quote table-shorten-cell) "table" "\
25983 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
25984 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
25985 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
25986 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
25987 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
25988 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
25993 (autoload (quote table-widen-cell) "table" "\
25994 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
25995 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
25996 table's rectangle structure.
25998 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26000 (autoload (quote table-narrow-cell) "table" "\
26001 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26002 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26003 table's rectangle structure.
26007 (autoload (quote table-forward-cell) "table" "\
26008 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26009 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26010 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26011 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26013 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26015 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26016 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26017 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26019 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26020 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26021 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26022 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26023 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26024 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26025 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26027 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26028 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26029 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26030 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26031 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26032 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26033 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26035 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26036 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26037 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26038 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26039 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26040 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26041 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26042 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26044 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26046 (autoload (quote table-backward-cell) "table" "\
26047 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26048 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26049 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26051 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26053 (autoload (quote table-span-cell) "table" "\
26054 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26055 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26057 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26059 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-vertically) "table" "\
26060 Split current cell vertically.
26061 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26065 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-horizontally) "table" "\
26066 Split current cell horizontally.
26067 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26071 (autoload (quote table-split-cell) "table" "\
26072 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26073 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26075 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26077 (autoload (quote table-justify) "table" "\
26078 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26079 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26080 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26082 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26084 (autoload (quote table-justify-cell) "table" "\
26085 Justify cell contents.
26086 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26087 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26088 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26089 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26091 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26093 (autoload (quote table-justify-row) "table" "\
26094 Justify cells of a row.
26095 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26096 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26098 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26100 (autoload (quote table-justify-column) "table" "\
26101 Justify cells of a column.
26102 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26103 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26105 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26107 (autoload (quote table-fixed-width-mode) "table" "\
26108 Toggle fixing width mode.
26109 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
26110 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
26111 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
26113 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26115 (autoload (quote table-query-dimension) "table" "\
26116 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26117 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26118 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26119 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26120 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26121 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26122 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26123 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26124 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26125 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26127 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26129 (autoload (quote table-generate-source) "table" "\
26130 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26131 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26132 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26133 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26134 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26135 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26136 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26137 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26138 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26139 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26140 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26143 References used for this implementation:
26149 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
26151 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26152 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
26153 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
26155 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26157 (autoload (quote table-insert-sequence) "table" "\
26158 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26159 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26160 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26161 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26162 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26163 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26164 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26165 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26166 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26167 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26168 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26169 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26170 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26171 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26172 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26173 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26178 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26179 (table-forward-cell 15)
26180 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26181 (table-forward-cell 16)
26182 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26183 (table-forward-cell 1)
26184 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26187 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26188 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26189 (table-forward-cell 1)
26190 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26192 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26194 (autoload (quote table-delete-row) "table" "\
26195 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26196 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26197 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26198 consists from cells of same height.
26202 (autoload (quote table-delete-column) "table" "\
26203 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26204 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26205 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26206 column must consists from cells of same width.
26210 (autoload (quote table-capture) "table" "\
26211 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26212 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26213 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26214 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26215 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26216 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26217 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26218 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26219 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26220 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26221 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26222 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26223 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26224 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26233 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26234 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26235 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26238 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26240 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26242 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26244 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26248 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26249 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26250 of each row is optional.
26255 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26256 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26257 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26258 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26259 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26261 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26262 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26264 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26265 expression and raw delimiter regular
26266 expression, it parses the specified text
26267 area and extracts cell items from
26268 non-table text and then forms a table out
26271 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26272 creates a single cell table. The text in
26273 the specified region is placed in that
26276 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26279 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26280 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26281 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26283 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26284 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26285 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26286 | area and extracts cell items from |
26287 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26290 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26291 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26292 | the specified region is placed in that |
26294 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26296 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26297 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26300 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26301 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26302 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26303 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26304 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26305 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26306 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26307 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26308 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26310 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26311 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26312 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26313 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26315 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26317 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26318 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26319 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26321 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26323 (autoload (quote table-release) "table" "\
26324 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26325 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
26326 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26327 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26333 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (17385 8488))
26334 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26336 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
26337 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26339 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26343 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (17528 38000))
26344 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26346 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
26347 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26348 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26349 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26350 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26351 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26352 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26354 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26355 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26356 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26357 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26359 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26366 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
26367 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (17485 5461))
26368 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26370 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
26371 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26372 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26373 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26374 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26375 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26377 Variables controlling indentation style:
26379 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26380 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26381 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26383 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26384 documentation for details):
26385 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26386 Controls action of TAB key.
26388 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26389 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26390 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26391 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26392 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26394 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26395 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26403 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
26404 Run inferior Tcl process.
26405 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26406 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26410 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
26411 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26412 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26414 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26418 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (17385 8495))
26419 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26420 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
26422 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
26423 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26424 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26425 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26427 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26428 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26429 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26430 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26431 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26433 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26434 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
26436 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
26437 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26438 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26439 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26445 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (17560
26447 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26449 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
26450 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26451 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26452 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26453 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26454 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26456 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26458 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
26459 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26460 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26461 commands to use in that buffer.
26463 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26465 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26467 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
26468 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26470 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26474 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (17385
26476 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
26478 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
26479 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
26480 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
26481 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
26482 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
26483 program as keyboard input.
26485 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
26486 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
26487 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
26488 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
26490 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
26491 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
26492 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
26493 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
26494 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
26496 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
26498 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
26499 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
26500 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
26501 terminal-redisplay-interval.
26503 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
26504 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
26505 subprocess started.
26507 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
26511 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
26512 ;;;;;; (17385 8490))
26513 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26515 (autoload (quote testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "\
26516 Start coverage on function under point.
26522 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (17385 8495))
26523 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26525 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
26526 Play the Tetris game.
26527 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26528 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26529 as to form complete rows.
26531 tetris-mode keybindings:
26532 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26533 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26534 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26535 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26536 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26537 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26538 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26539 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26540 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26546 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
26547 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
26548 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26549 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
26550 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
26551 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
26552 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
26553 ;;;;;; (17560 6690))
26554 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26556 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26557 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26559 (custom-autoload (quote tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode")
26561 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
26562 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
26563 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26564 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26565 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26567 (custom-autoload (quote tex-directory) "tex-mode")
26569 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26570 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26571 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26572 if it matches the first line of the file,
26573 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26575 (custom-autoload (quote tex-first-line-header-regexp) "tex-mode")
26577 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26578 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26579 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26580 if the variable is non-nil.")
26582 (custom-autoload (quote tex-main-file) "tex-mode")
26584 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26585 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26587 (custom-autoload (quote tex-offer-save) "tex-mode")
26589 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
26590 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
26591 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26592 See the documentation of that variable.")
26594 (custom-autoload (quote tex-run-command) "tex-mode")
26596 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
26597 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26598 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26599 See the documentation of that variable.")
26601 (custom-autoload (quote latex-run-command) "tex-mode")
26603 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
26604 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26605 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26606 See the documentation of that variable.")
26608 (custom-autoload (quote slitex-run-command) "tex-mode")
26610 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
26611 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26612 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26613 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26614 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26616 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-options) "tex-mode")
26618 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
26619 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26620 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26621 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26623 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-commands) "tex-mode")
26625 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26626 *User defined LaTeX block names.
26627 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26629 (custom-autoload (quote latex-block-names) "tex-mode")
26631 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
26632 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26633 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26634 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26636 (custom-autoload (quote tex-bibtex-command) "tex-mode")
26638 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26639 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26640 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26641 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26643 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode")
26645 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26646 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
26647 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26648 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
26650 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
26651 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
26654 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26655 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
26657 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
26660 (custom-autoload (quote tex-alt-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode")
26662 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command (quote (cond ((eq window-system (quote x)) "xdvi") ((eq window-system (quote w32)) "yap") (t "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
26663 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
26664 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
26665 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26666 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
26668 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
26670 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-view-command) "tex-mode")
26672 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
26673 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
26674 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
26676 (custom-autoload (quote tex-show-queue-command) "tex-mode")
26678 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
26679 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
26680 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
26681 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
26682 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
26684 (custom-autoload (quote tex-default-mode) "tex-mode")
26686 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
26687 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26689 (custom-autoload (quote tex-open-quote) "tex-mode")
26691 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
26692 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26694 (custom-autoload (quote tex-close-quote) "tex-mode")
26696 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26697 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
26698 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
26699 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
26700 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
26701 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
26702 says which mode to use.
26706 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
26708 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
26710 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
26712 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26713 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
26714 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26715 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26716 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26718 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
26719 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
26720 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26721 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26722 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26723 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26724 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26726 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26727 mismatched $'s or braces.
26730 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
26734 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26736 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
26737 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26738 tex-dvi-print-command
26739 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26740 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26741 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26742 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26743 tex-dvi-view-command
26744 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26745 tex-show-queue-command
26746 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26747 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26749 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26750 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
26751 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26755 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26756 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
26757 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26758 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26759 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26761 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26762 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26763 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26764 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26765 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26766 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26767 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26769 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26770 mismatched $'s or braces.
26777 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26779 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
26780 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26781 tex-dvi-print-command
26782 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26783 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26784 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26785 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26786 tex-dvi-view-command
26787 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26788 tex-show-queue-command
26789 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26790 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26792 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
26793 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
26794 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26798 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26799 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
26800 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26801 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26802 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26804 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26805 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26806 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26807 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26808 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26809 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26810 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26812 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26813 mismatched $'s or braces.
26816 \\{slitex-mode-map}
26820 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26822 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
26823 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26824 tex-dvi-print-command
26825 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26826 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26827 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26828 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26829 tex-dvi-view-command
26830 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26831 tex-show-queue-command
26832 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26833 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26835 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26836 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
26837 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
26838 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26842 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" "\
26847 (autoload (quote doctex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26848 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
26854 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
26855 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (17601 9092))
26856 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
26858 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
26859 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
26860 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
26861 name specified in the @setfilename command.
26863 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
26864 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
26865 Info-split to do these manually.
26867 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
26869 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
26870 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
26871 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
26872 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
26873 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
26875 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
26877 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
26878 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
26879 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
26880 names specified in the @setfilename command.
26882 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
26883 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
26884 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
26885 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
26887 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
26888 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually.
26890 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
26894 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
26895 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (17385 8496))
26896 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
26898 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
26899 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26901 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-open-quote) "texinfo")
26903 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
26904 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26906 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-close-quote) "texinfo")
26908 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
26909 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
26911 It has these extra commands:
26912 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
26914 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
26915 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
26916 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
26917 modified version of TeX input format.
26919 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
26920 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
26921 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
26922 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
26924 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
26925 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
26926 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
26927 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
26928 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
26929 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
26930 in the Texinfo file.
26932 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
26933 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
26934 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
26935 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
26936 move forward past the closing brace.
26938 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
26939 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
26941 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
26942 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
26943 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
26945 Here are the functions:
26947 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
26948 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
26949 texinfo-sequential-node-update
26951 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
26952 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
26953 texinfo-master-menu
26955 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
26957 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
26958 which menu descriptions are indented.
26960 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
26961 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
26964 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
26965 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
26966 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
26967 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
26969 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
26970 be the first node in the file.
26972 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
26973 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
26979 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-auto-composition-mode thai-composition-function
26980 ;;;;;; thai-post-read-conversion thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string
26981 ;;;;;; thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
26982 ;;;;;; (17185 27569))
26983 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
26985 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
26986 Compose Thai characters in the region.
26987 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
26988 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
26990 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26992 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
26993 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
26995 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
26997 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
26998 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27002 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" "\
27005 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27007 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
27008 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
27009 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
27010 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
27013 The return value is number of composed characters.
27015 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27017 (autoload (quote thai-auto-composition-mode) "thai-util" "\
27018 Minor mode for automatically correct Thai character composition.
27020 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27024 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
27025 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
27026 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (17672 24041))
27027 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27029 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
27030 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27032 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27034 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27035 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27036 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27037 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27038 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27040 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27041 a symbol as a valid THING.
27043 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
27044 of the textual entity that was found.
27046 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27048 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27049 Return the THING at point.
27050 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27051 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27052 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27054 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27055 a symbol as a valid THING.
27057 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27059 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27064 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27069 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27074 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27081 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
27082 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
27083 ;;;;;; (17601 9091))
27084 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27086 (autoload (quote thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "\
27087 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27091 (autoload (quote thumbs-show-from-dir) "thumbs" "\
27092 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27093 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27094 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27096 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27098 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show-marked) "thumbs" "\
27099 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27103 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show) "thumbs" "\
27104 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27108 (defalias (quote thumbs) (quote thumbs-show-from-dir))
27110 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-setroot) "thumbs" "\
27111 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27117 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
27118 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
27119 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
27120 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
27121 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
27122 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (17102 18781))
27123 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27125 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
27126 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27127 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27131 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
27132 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27134 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27136 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
27137 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27138 The returned string has no composition information.
27140 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27142 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
27143 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27145 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27147 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
27148 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27150 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27152 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
27153 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27154 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27155 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27157 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27159 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
27160 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27161 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27162 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27164 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27166 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" "\
27169 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27171 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
27172 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27173 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27177 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
27178 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27179 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27183 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
27186 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27188 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
27191 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27193 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode) "tibet-util" "\
27196 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27200 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
27201 ;;;;;; (17385 8496))
27202 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27204 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
27205 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27206 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27207 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27209 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27211 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27213 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
27214 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27215 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27216 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27218 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27224 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
27225 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (17674 51268))
27226 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27228 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27229 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27231 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-day-and-date) "time" t)
27233 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
27234 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27235 This display updates automatically every minute.
27236 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27237 are displayed as well.
27238 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27242 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27243 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27244 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
27245 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27246 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27247 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27249 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" nil)
27251 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
27252 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27253 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
27255 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
27256 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27257 are displayed as well.
27258 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27260 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27264 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year
27265 ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract
27266 ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time time-to-seconds
27267 ;;;;;; date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (17386
27269 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27271 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
27272 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27274 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27276 (autoload (quote time-to-seconds) "time-date" "\
27277 Convert time value TIME to a floating point number.
27278 You can use `float-time' instead.
27280 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27282 (autoload (quote seconds-to-time) "time-date" "\
27283 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27285 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27287 (autoload (quote time-less-p) "time-date" "\
27288 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
27290 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27292 (autoload (quote days-to-time) "time-date" "\
27293 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27295 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27297 (autoload (quote time-since) "time-date" "\
27298 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27299 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27301 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27303 (defalias (quote subtract-time) (quote time-subtract))
27305 (autoload (quote time-subtract) "time-date" "\
27306 Subtract two time values.
27307 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27309 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27311 (autoload (quote time-add) "time-date" "\
27312 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference.
27314 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27316 (autoload (quote date-to-day) "time-date" "\
27317 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27318 DATE should be a date-time string.
27320 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27322 (autoload (quote days-between) "time-date" "\
27323 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27324 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27326 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27328 (autoload (quote date-leap-year-p) "time-date" "\
27329 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27331 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27333 (autoload (quote time-to-day-in-year) "time-date" "\
27334 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27336 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27338 (autoload (quote time-to-days) "time-date" "\
27339 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27340 TIME should be a time value.
27341 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27343 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27345 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
27346 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27347 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27349 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27353 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
27354 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (17495 43954))
27355 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27356 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27357 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27358 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27359 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27360 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27361 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27362 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27364 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
27365 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27366 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27367 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
27368 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27369 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27370 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27371 look like one of the following:
27374 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27375 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27376 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27377 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27378 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27379 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27380 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27385 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
27386 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27387 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27389 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27393 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
27394 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
27395 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
27396 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
27397 ;;;;;; (17632 41885))
27398 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27400 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
27401 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
27402 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27403 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
27404 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27405 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27406 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
27407 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
27408 display (non-nil means on).
27410 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27412 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
27413 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27414 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27415 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
27416 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27417 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27418 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27419 this function is called within a day.
27421 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27422 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27423 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27424 discover the name of the project.
27426 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27428 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
27429 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27430 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27431 begun during the last time segment.
27433 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27434 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27435 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27436 discover the reason.
27438 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27440 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
27441 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27442 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27443 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27444 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27446 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27448 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
27449 Change to working on a different project.
27450 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27451 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27452 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27455 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27457 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
27458 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27459 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27463 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
27464 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27465 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27469 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
27470 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27471 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27472 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27473 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27474 \"relative to today\".
27476 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27478 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
27479 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27480 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27481 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27483 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27485 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
27486 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27487 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27488 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27489 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27490 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27492 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27496 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
27497 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
27498 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" (17686 65476))
27499 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer.el
27501 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
27503 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
27504 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers.
27506 \(fn TIMER)" nil nil)
27508 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
27509 Cancel all timers which would run FUNCTION.
27510 This affects ordinary timers such as are scheduled by `run-at-time',
27511 and idle timers such as are scheduled by `run-with-idle-timer'.
27513 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
27515 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
27516 Perform an action at time TIME.
27517 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
27518 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
27519 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
27520 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
27521 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
27522 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27524 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27526 \(fn TIME REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27528 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
27529 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
27530 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
27531 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
27532 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27534 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27536 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27538 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
27539 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
27540 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
27541 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'.
27543 \(fn SECS FUNCTION OBJECT &optional REPEAT)" nil nil)
27545 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
27546 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
27547 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27548 SECS may be an integer, a floating point number, or the internal
27549 time format (HIGH LOW USECS) returned by, e.g., `current-idle-time'.
27550 If Emacs is currently idle, and has been idle for N seconds (N < SECS),
27551 then it will call FUNCTION in SECS - N seconds from now.
27553 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
27554 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
27556 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27558 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27559 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
27561 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
27562 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
27563 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
27564 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
27565 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
27566 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
27569 \(fn (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY)" nil (quote macro))
27573 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
27574 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (17102 18762))
27575 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27577 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
27578 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27579 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27580 the generated Quail package is saved.
27582 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27584 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
27585 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27586 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27587 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27588 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27589 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27590 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27592 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27596 ;;;### (autoloads (tamil-composition-function tamil-post-read-conversion
27597 ;;;;;; tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "language/tml-util.el" (17102
27599 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tml-util.el
27601 (autoload (quote tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "\
27604 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27606 (autoload (quote tamil-post-read-conversion) "tml-util" "\
27609 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27611 (autoload (quote tamil-composition-function) "tml-util" "\
27612 Compose Tamil characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
27613 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
27616 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27620 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
27621 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (17385 8488))
27622 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27623 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27624 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
27625 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27627 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
27628 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27629 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27630 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27631 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27633 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27635 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
27636 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27637 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27638 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27639 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27641 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27643 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
27644 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27645 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27646 in the menu in two ways:
27647 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27648 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27649 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27651 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27652 keymap or an alist of alists.
27653 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27654 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27656 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27660 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
27661 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
27662 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (17386 33146))
27663 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27665 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
27666 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
27670 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
27671 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
27673 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
27675 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
27676 Insert new TODO list entry.
27677 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
27682 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
27683 List top priorities for each category.
27685 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
27686 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
27688 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
27689 between each category.
27691 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27693 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
27694 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
27695 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
27696 between each category.
27698 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
27700 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27702 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
27703 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
27709 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
27710 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
27714 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
27721 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
27722 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el"
27723 ;;;;;; (17495 43954))
27724 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
27726 (put (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
27728 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
27729 Add an item to the tool bar.
27730 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27731 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27732 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27733 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27735 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27736 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
27737 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27738 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27740 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27741 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
27743 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27745 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item) "tool-bar" "\
27746 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
27747 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27748 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27749 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27750 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27752 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27753 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
27754 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27755 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27757 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27759 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
27760 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
27761 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
27762 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27763 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27764 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27765 properties to add to the binding.
27767 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
27769 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27770 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
27772 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27774 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
27775 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
27776 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
27777 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27778 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27779 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27780 properties to add to the binding.
27782 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
27785 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27789 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
27790 ;;;;;; (17385 8491))
27791 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
27793 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
27794 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
27795 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
27796 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27797 use either \\[customize] or the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
27799 (custom-autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt")
27801 (put (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
27803 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "\
27806 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27808 (defalias (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
27810 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
27811 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
27817 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
27818 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (17385 8491))
27819 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
27821 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
27822 Set scroll margins.
27824 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
27826 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
27827 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen.
27831 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
27832 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text.
27838 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (17651 3608))
27839 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
27841 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
27842 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
27843 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
27844 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
27845 to a tcp server on another machine.
27847 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
27851 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
27852 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (17656 37701))
27853 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
27855 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
27856 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
27858 (custom-autoload (quote trace-buffer) "trace" t)
27860 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
27861 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
27862 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
27863 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
27864 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
27865 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
27866 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
27867 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
27869 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27871 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
27872 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
27873 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
27874 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
27875 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
27876 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
27877 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
27878 the window or buffer configuration.
27880 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
27882 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27886 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
27887 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
27888 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-regexp
27889 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (17656 37701))
27890 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
27892 (defvar tramp-unified-filenames (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) "\
27893 Non-nil means to use unified Ange-FTP/Tramp filename syntax.
27894 Nil means to use a separate filename syntax for Tramp.")
27896 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\
27897 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
27898 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
27899 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
27901 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
27902 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
27903 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
27904 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
27906 (defvar tramp-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
27907 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp.
27908 This regexp should match tramp file names but no other file names.
27909 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
27910 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
27911 if the tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
27912 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered tramp
27913 files which are not really tramp files.
27915 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
27916 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
27917 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
27918 updated after changing this variable.
27920 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
27922 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp" t)
27924 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified "^/$\\|^/[^/:][^/]*$" "\
27925 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
27926 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
27927 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
27929 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "^/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$" "\
27930 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
27931 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
27932 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
27934 (defvar tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
27935 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp completion.
27936 This regexp should match partial tramp file names only.
27938 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
27939 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
27940 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
27941 updated after changing this variable.
27943 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
27945 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-regexp) "tramp" t)
27947 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist (quote ((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion))) "\
27948 Alist of completion handler functions.
27949 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations not
27950 mentioned here will be handled by `tramp-file-name-handler-alist' or the
27951 normal Emacs functions.")
27953 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
27954 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
27955 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
27956 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
27958 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
27959 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
27960 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
27961 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
27963 (autoload (quote tramp-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
27964 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
27965 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
27967 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
27969 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
27970 Invoke tramp file name completion handler.
27971 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists." (let ((fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if fn (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
27973 (defsubst tramp-register-file-name-handlers nil "\
27974 Add tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist'." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (when (or (not (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode))) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode)) (featurep (quote ido))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t)) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
27977 '(lambda () (tramp-register-file-name-handlers)))
27979 (autoload (quote tramp-unload-file-name-handlers) "tramp" "\
27984 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) "tramp" "\
27985 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial tramp files.
27987 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
27989 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion) "tramp" "\
27990 Like `file-name-completion' for tramp files.
27992 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
27994 (autoload (quote tramp-unload-tramp) "tramp" "\
27995 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28001 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
28002 ;;;;;; (17366 25285))
28003 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28005 (autoload (quote tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "\
28012 ;;;### (autoloads (tumme-dired-edit-comment-and-tags tumme-mark-tagged-files
28013 ;;;;;; tumme-dired-comment-files tumme-dired-display-image tumme-dired-display-external
28014 ;;;;;; tumme-display-thumb tumme-display-thumbs-append tumme-setup-dired-keybindings
28015 ;;;;;; tumme-jump-thumbnail-buffer tumme-delete-tag tumme-tag-files
28016 ;;;;;; tumme-show-all-from-dir tumme-display-thumbs tumme-dired-with-window-configuration
28017 ;;;;;; tumme-dired-insert-marked-thumbs) "tumme" "tumme.el" (17645
28019 ;;; Generated autoloads from tumme.el
28021 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-insert-marked-thumbs) "tumme" "\
28022 Insert thumbnails before file names of marked files in the dired buffer.
28026 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-with-window-configuration) "tumme" "\
28027 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
28029 Convenience command that:
28031 - Opens dired in folder DIR
28032 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
28033 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
28035 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
28036 image files in dired and type
28037 \\[tumme-display-thumbs] (`tumme-display-thumbs').
28039 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
28041 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
28042 calling `tumme-restore-window-configuration'.
28044 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
28046 (autoload (quote tumme-display-thumbs) "tumme" "\
28047 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `tumme-thumbnail-buffer'.
28048 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
28049 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
28050 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
28053 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
28054 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
28055 `tumme-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
28057 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
28058 instead of erasing it first.
28060 Option argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
28061 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
28062 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
28063 `tumme-next-line-and-display' and
28064 `tumme-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
28065 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
28067 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
28069 (autoload (quote tumme-show-all-from-dir) "tumme" "\
28070 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
28071 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
28072 exceeds `tumme-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
28077 (defalias (quote tumme) (quote tumme-show-all-from-dir))
28079 (autoload (quote tumme-tag-files) "tumme" "\
28080 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
28084 (autoload (quote tumme-delete-tag) "tumme" "\
28085 Remove tag for selected file(s).
28086 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
28090 (autoload (quote tumme-jump-thumbnail-buffer) "tumme" "\
28091 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
28095 (autoload (quote tumme-setup-dired-keybindings) "tumme" "\
28096 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
28097 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
28098 `tumme-dired-x-line'.
28102 (autoload (quote tumme-display-thumbs-append) "tumme" "\
28103 Append thumbnails to `tumme-thumbnail-buffer'.
28107 (autoload (quote tumme-display-thumb) "tumme" "\
28108 Shorthard for `tumme-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
28112 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-display-external) "tumme" "\
28113 Display file at point using an external viewer.
28117 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-display-image) "tumme" "\
28118 Display current image file.
28119 See documentation for `tumme-display-image' for more information.
28120 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
28122 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28124 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-comment-files) "tumme" "\
28125 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
28129 (autoload (quote tumme-mark-tagged-files) "tumme" "\
28130 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
28131 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
28132 image file and stored in tumme's database file. This command
28133 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
28134 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
28135 matching tags will be marked in the dired buffer.
28139 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-edit-comment-and-tags) "tumme" "\
28140 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
28141 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
28148 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
28149 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (17707 53738))
28150 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28151 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28152 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28153 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28155 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
28156 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28157 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28158 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28159 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28160 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28161 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28163 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28165 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
28166 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28167 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28168 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28170 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28174 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
28175 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28176 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28177 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28178 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28179 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28180 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28182 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28183 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28185 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28188 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28190 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28196 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
28197 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
28198 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
28199 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
28200 ;;;;;; (17385 8488))
28201 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28203 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28204 Toggle typing break mode.
28205 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
28206 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28207 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
28209 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break")
28211 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
28212 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
28214 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-interval) "type-break")
28216 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
28217 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
28219 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
28220 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
28221 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
28223 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
28224 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
28226 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-rest-interval) "type-break")
28228 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
28229 *Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
28231 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
28232 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
28233 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
28234 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
28236 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-break-interval) "type-break")
28238 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
28239 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
28240 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
28242 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
28243 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
28244 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
28245 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
28246 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
28247 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
28249 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
28250 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
28251 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
28252 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
28254 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
28255 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
28257 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
28258 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
28260 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-keystroke-threshold) "type-break")
28262 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
28263 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28264 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28266 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28267 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28268 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28269 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28270 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28271 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28272 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28274 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28275 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28277 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28278 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28279 reset the keystroke counter.
28281 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28282 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28283 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28284 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28286 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28287 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28288 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28289 `type-break-schedule' command.
28291 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28292 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28293 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28294 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28295 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28296 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28297 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28298 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28299 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28301 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28302 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28303 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28304 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28305 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28307 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28308 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28309 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28310 approximate good values for this.
28312 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28313 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28315 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28316 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28317 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28318 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28319 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28320 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28322 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28323 a typing break occur. They include:
28325 `type-break-query-mode'
28326 `type-break-query-function'
28327 `type-break-query-interval'
28329 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28331 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28332 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28333 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28336 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
28338 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
28339 Take a typing break.
28341 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28342 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28344 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28345 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28349 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
28350 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28351 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28352 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28356 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
28357 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28359 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28360 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28361 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28362 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28363 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28364 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28365 average typing speed.)
28367 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28368 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28369 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28370 the computed maximum threshold.
28372 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28373 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28374 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28375 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28376 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28378 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28382 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
28383 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (17385 8496))
28384 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28386 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
28387 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28388 Works by overstriking underscores.
28389 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28390 which specify the range to operate on.
28392 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28394 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
28395 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28396 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28397 which specify the range to operate on.
28399 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28403 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
28404 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (17385 8494))
28405 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
28407 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
28408 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
28409 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
28413 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
28414 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
28415 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
28416 following the containing message.
28422 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
28423 ;;;;;; (17385 8494))
28424 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28426 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
28427 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
28428 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
28429 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28430 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28431 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28435 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
28436 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
28438 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28442 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (17408
28444 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28446 (autoload (quote unsafep) "unsafep" "\
28447 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm;
28448 otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe. UNSAFEP-VARS is a list
28449 of symbols with local bindings.
28451 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28455 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
28456 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (17730 7120))
28457 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28459 (autoload (quote url-retrieve) "url" "\
28460 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28461 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28463 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28464 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28465 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28466 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
28467 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
28468 or an empty list if no events have occurred. Each pair is one of:
28470 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28471 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28472 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28474 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28475 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28476 the callback is not called).
28478 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28479 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28480 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28483 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
28485 (autoload (quote url-retrieve-synchronously) "url" "\
28486 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28487 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28488 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28489 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28491 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28495 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
28496 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (17729 4745))
28497 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28499 (autoload (quote url-get-authentication) "url-auth" "\
28500 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28501 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28503 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28504 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28505 `url-generic-parse-url'
28506 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28507 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28508 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28510 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28511 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28512 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28513 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28514 wrong, its no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28515 what type of auth to use
28516 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28517 if one cannot be found in the cache
28519 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28521 (autoload (quote url-register-auth-scheme) "url-auth" "\
28522 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28524 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method. This
28525 should be the same thing you expect to get returned in an Authenticate
28526 header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28527 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information. This
28528 defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE
28529 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28530 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28531 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28533 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28537 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached
28538 ;;;;;; url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (17729
28540 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28542 (autoload (quote url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "\
28543 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28545 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28547 (autoload (quote url-is-cached) "url-cache" "\
28548 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28550 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28552 (autoload (quote url-cache-extract) "url-cache" "\
28553 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache
28555 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28557 (autoload (quote url-cache-expired) "url-cache" "\
28558 Return t iff a cached file has expired.
28560 \(fn URL MOD)" nil nil)
28564 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (17729 4745))
28565 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28567 (autoload (quote url-cid) "url-cid" "\
28570 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28574 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
28575 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (17729 4745))
28576 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28578 (autoload (quote url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav" "\
28581 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28583 (autoload (quote url-dav-vc-registered) "url-dav" "\
28586 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28590 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (17729
28592 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28594 (autoload (quote url-file) "url-file" "\
28595 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28597 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28601 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
28602 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (17730 6972))
28603 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28605 (autoload (quote url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw" "\
28606 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28610 (autoload (quote url-open-stream) "url-gw" "\
28611 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28612 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28613 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28614 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28616 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28620 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
28621 ;;;;;; url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (17729
28623 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28625 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28626 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28627 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
28628 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28629 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28630 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28632 (custom-autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" nil)
28634 (autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "\
28635 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
28637 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28639 (autoload (quote url-copy-file) "url-handlers" "\
28640 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28641 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28642 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28643 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28644 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28645 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28646 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28647 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28649 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME)" nil nil)
28651 (autoload (quote url-file-local-copy) "url-handlers" "\
28652 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28653 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28656 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28658 (autoload (quote url-insert-file-contents) "url-handlers" "\
28661 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28665 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
28666 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (17730 6972))
28667 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28669 (autoload (quote url-http) "url-http" "\
28670 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
28671 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
28672 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
28673 CBARGS as the arguments.
28675 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28677 (autoload (quote url-http-file-exists-p) "url-http" "\
28680 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28682 (defalias (quote url-http-file-readable-p) (quote url-http-file-exists-p))
28684 (autoload (quote url-http-file-attributes) "url-http" "\
28687 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
28689 (autoload (quote url-http-options) "url-http" "\
28690 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
28691 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
28693 Property list members:
28696 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
28700 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
28704 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
28707 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
28710 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
28711 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
28712 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
28715 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28717 (defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
28718 Default HTTPS port.")
28720 (defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
28721 HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
28723 (defalias (quote url-https-expand-file-name) (quote url-http-expand-file-name))
28724 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28725 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28726 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28727 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28731 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (17729 4745))
28732 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28734 (autoload (quote url-irc) "url-irc" "\
28737 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28741 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (17729
28743 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28745 (autoload (quote url-ldap) "url-ldap" "\
28746 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28747 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28748 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28749 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28751 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28755 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
28756 ;;;;;; (17729 4745))
28757 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28759 (autoload (quote url-mail) "url-mailto" "\
28762 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28764 (autoload (quote url-mailto) "url-mailto" "\
28765 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28767 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28771 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
28772 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (17729 4745))
28773 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28775 (autoload (quote url-man) "url-misc" "\
28776 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28778 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28780 (autoload (quote url-info) "url-misc" "\
28781 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28783 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28785 (autoload (quote url-generic-emulator-loader) "url-misc" "\
28788 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28790 (defalias (quote url-rlogin) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28792 (defalias (quote url-telnet) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28794 (defalias (quote url-tn3270) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28796 (autoload (quote url-data) "url-misc" "\
28797 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
28799 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28803 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
28804 ;;;;;; (17729 4745))
28805 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
28807 (autoload (quote url-news) "url-news" "\
28810 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28812 (autoload (quote url-snews) "url-news" "\
28815 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28819 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
28820 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
28821 ;;;;;; (17729 4745))
28822 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
28824 (autoload (quote isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "\
28827 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28829 (autoload (quote dnsDomainIs) "url-ns" "\
28832 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
28834 (autoload (quote dnsResolve) "url-ns" "\
28837 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28839 (autoload (quote isResolvable) "url-ns" "\
28842 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28844 (autoload (quote isInNet) "url-ns" "\
28847 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
28849 (autoload (quote url-ns-prefs) "url-ns" "\
28852 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
28854 (autoload (quote url-ns-user-pref) "url-ns" "\
28857 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
28861 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
28862 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (17729 4745))
28863 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
28865 (autoload (quote url-recreate-url) "url-parse" "\
28866 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
28868 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
28870 (autoload (quote url-generic-parse-url) "url-parse" "\
28871 Return a vector of the parts of URL.
28873 \[TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORT FILE TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULL]
28875 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28879 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
28880 ;;;;;; (17729 4745))
28881 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
28883 (autoload (quote url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "\
28884 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
28890 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
28891 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
28892 ;;;;;; url-basepath url-percentage url-display-percentage url-pretty-length
28893 ;;;;;; url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space url-get-normalized-date
28894 ;;;;;; url-lazy-message url-normalize-url url-insert-entities-in-string
28895 ;;;;;; url-parse-args url-debug url-debug) "url-util" "url/url-util.el"
28896 ;;;;;; (17729 4745))
28897 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
28899 (defvar url-debug nil "\
28900 *What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
28901 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
28903 If t, all messages will be logged.
28904 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
28905 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
28907 (custom-autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util" t)
28909 (autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util" "\
28912 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28914 (autoload (quote url-parse-args) "url-util" "\
28917 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
28919 (autoload (quote url-insert-entities-in-string) "url-util" "\
28920 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
28921 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
28922 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
28923 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
28929 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
28931 (autoload (quote url-normalize-url) "url-util" "\
28932 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
28933 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
28935 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28937 (autoload (quote url-lazy-message) "url-util" "\
28938 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
28939 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
28941 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28943 (autoload (quote url-get-normalized-date) "url-util" "\
28944 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
28946 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
28948 (autoload (quote url-eat-trailing-space) "url-util" "\
28949 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
28953 (autoload (quote url-strip-leading-spaces) "url-util" "\
28954 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
28958 (autoload (quote url-pretty-length) "url-util" "\
28963 (autoload (quote url-display-percentage) "url-util" "\
28966 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28968 (autoload (quote url-percentage) "url-util" "\
28971 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
28973 (autoload (quote url-basepath) "url-util" "\
28974 Return the base pathname of FILE, or the actual filename if X is true.
28976 \(fn FILE &optional X)" nil nil)
28978 (autoload (quote url-parse-query-string) "url-util" "\
28981 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
28983 (autoload (quote url-unhex-string) "url-util" "\
28984 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a url.
28985 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
28986 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
28987 forbidden in URL encoding.
28989 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
28991 (autoload (quote url-hexify-string) "url-util" "\
28992 Return a new string that is STRING URI-encoded.
28993 First, STRING is converted to utf-8, if necessary. Then, for each
28994 character in the utf-8 string, those found in `url-unreserved-chars'
28995 are left as-is, all others are represented as a three-character
28996 string: \"%\" followed by two lowercase hex digits.
28998 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29000 (autoload (quote url-file-extension) "url-util" "\
29001 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29002 If optional variable X is t,
29003 then return the basename of the file with the extension stripped off.
29005 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29007 (autoload (quote url-truncate-url-for-viewing) "url-util" "\
29008 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters or less wide.
29009 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29011 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29013 (autoload (quote url-view-url) "url-util" "\
29014 View the current document's URL.
29015 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29018 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29020 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29024 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
29025 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (17385 8488))
29026 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29028 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
29029 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29030 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29031 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29032 to refrain from editing the file
29033 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29034 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29035 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29036 in any way you like.
29038 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29040 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
29041 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29042 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29043 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29044 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29046 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29047 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29053 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (17245 4870))
29054 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29055 (autoload-coding-system 'utf-7 '(require 'utf-7))
29059 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
29060 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el"
29061 ;;;;;; (17551 7908))
29062 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
29064 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
29065 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29066 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29067 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29069 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29071 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-internal) "uudecode" "\
29072 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29073 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29075 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29077 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
29078 Uudecode region between START and END.
29079 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29081 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29085 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
29086 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-update
29087 ;;;;;; vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
29088 ;;;;;; vc-directory vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window
29089 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command edit-vc-file
29090 ;;;;;; with-vc-file vc-branch-part vc-trunk-p vc-before-checkin-hook
29091 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (17721 20491))
29092 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
29094 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29095 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29098 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkout-hook) "vc" t)
29100 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29101 Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
29102 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29104 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkin-hook) "vc" t)
29106 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29107 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file is checked in.
29110 (custom-autoload (quote vc-before-checkin-hook) "vc" t)
29112 (autoload (quote vc-trunk-p) "vc" "\
29113 Return t if REV is a revision on the trunk.
29115 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29117 (autoload (quote vc-branch-part) "vc" "\
29118 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29120 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29122 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
29123 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
29124 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
29125 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
29126 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
29127 somebody else, signal error.
29129 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
29131 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
29132 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
29133 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
29134 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
29135 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer.
29137 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
29139 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\
29140 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29141 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
29142 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
29143 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
29144 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29145 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is `async', that
29146 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess; if it is t it means to
29147 ignore all execution errors). FILE is the
29148 name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that
29149 don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29150 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29152 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29154 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
29155 Do the next logical version control operation on the current file.
29157 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
29158 it will operate on the file in the current line.
29160 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
29161 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
29162 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
29163 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
29164 lock steals will raise an error.
29166 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
29168 For RCS and SCCS files:
29169 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
29171 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
29172 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
29173 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
29174 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
29175 it performs a revert.
29176 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
29177 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
29178 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
29179 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
29180 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
29181 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
29182 the option to steal the lock.
29185 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
29186 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
29187 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
29188 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
29189 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
29190 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
29191 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
29192 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
29193 merge in the changes into your working copy.
29195 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29197 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
29198 Register the current file into a version control system.
29199 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
29200 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29202 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29203 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29204 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29205 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29206 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29207 first backend that could register the file is used.
29209 \(fn &optional SET-VERSION COMMENT)" t nil)
29211 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
29212 Display diffs between file versions.
29213 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most
29214 recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With
29215 a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two
29216 version designators specifying which versions to compare. The
29217 optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29220 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29222 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
29223 Visit version REV of the current file in another window.
29224 If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
29225 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29229 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
29230 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29231 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29232 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29236 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
29237 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
29238 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
29239 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29240 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
29241 from the current branch.
29243 See Info node `Merging'.
29247 (defalias (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) (quote smerge-ediff))
29249 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
29250 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
29252 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
29254 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
29255 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing.
29257 \(fn DIR READ-SWITCHES)" t nil)
29259 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
29260 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
29261 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
29262 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
29263 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
29264 are checked out in that new branch.
29266 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29268 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
29269 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
29270 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
29271 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29272 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29273 allowed and simply skipped).
29275 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29277 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
29278 List the change log of the current buffer in a window.
29279 If FOCUS-REV is non-nil, leave the point at that revision.
29281 \(fn &optional FOCUS-REV)" t nil)
29283 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
29284 Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on.
29285 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29286 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
29287 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so.
29291 (autoload (quote vc-update) "vc" "\
29292 Update the current buffer's file to the latest version on its branch.
29293 If the file contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply replaces
29294 the working file with the latest version on its branch. If the file contains
29295 changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent changes from
29296 the current branch are merged into the working file.
29300 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
29301 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
29302 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards.
29304 \(fn NOREVERT)" t nil)
29306 (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\
29307 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29308 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29309 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29310 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29311 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29312 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29314 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29316 (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\
29317 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29318 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29319 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29320 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the
29321 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29322 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29323 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29324 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29326 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29328 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
29329 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
29331 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29333 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
29334 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29335 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29338 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29340 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29341 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29342 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29344 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29345 log entries should be gathered.
29347 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29349 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
29350 Display the edit history of the current file using colors.
29352 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29353 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29354 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29355 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29356 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29357 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29359 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29360 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer
29361 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version
29362 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29363 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29364 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29365 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29366 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29368 Customization variables:
29370 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29371 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29372 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
29373 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29375 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF)" t nil)
29379 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (17385 8488))
29380 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el
29381 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29382 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29385 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29389 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (17587 57307))
29390 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
29391 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29392 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29393 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29395 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29399 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mcvs" "vc-mcvs.el" (17385 8488))
29400 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mcvs.el
29401 (defun vc-mcvs-registered (file)
29402 (if (vc-find-root file "MCVS/CVS")
29405 (vc-mcvs-registered file))))
29409 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
29410 ;;;;;; (17385 8488))
29411 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
29413 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29414 *Where to look for RCS master files.
29415 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29417 (custom-autoload (quote vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs")
29418 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29422 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
29423 ;;;;;; (17385 8488))
29424 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
29426 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29427 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
29428 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29430 (custom-autoload (quote vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs")
29431 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29433 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
29434 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29435 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29436 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29440 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (17721 20491))
29441 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
29442 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29443 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29444 ".svn/entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29446 (vc-svn-registered f)))
29448 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) ".svn/")
29452 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
29453 ;;;;;; (17615 27749))
29454 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
29456 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
29457 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
29462 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
29463 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
29464 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
29465 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
29466 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
29467 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
29468 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
29469 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
29470 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
29472 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
29473 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
29474 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
29475 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
29477 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
29478 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
29479 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
29480 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
29481 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
29483 Template styles can be customized in customization group
29484 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
29488 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
29489 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
29490 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
29494 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
29495 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
29496 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
29497 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
29499 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
29500 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
29501 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
29502 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
29503 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
29507 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
29508 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
29509 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
29510 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
29512 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
29513 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
29514 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
29515 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
29516 beginning with \"std\").
29518 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
29519 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
29520 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
29525 `--' puts a single comment.
29526 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
29527 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
29528 with a comment in between.
29529 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
29530 out following lines.
29531 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
29532 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29534 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
29535 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
29536 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
29537 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
29538 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
29541 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
29542 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
29543 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
29544 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
29545 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
29546 multi-line comments.
29550 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
29551 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
29552 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
29553 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
29555 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
29556 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
29557 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
29558 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
29560 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
29561 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
29564 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
29565 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
29569 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
29570 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
29571 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
29572 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
29573 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
29574 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
29575 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
29576 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
29578 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
29579 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
29580 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
29581 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
29582 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
29585 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
29586 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
29587 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
29589 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
29590 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
29594 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
29595 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
29596 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
29597 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
29598 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
29599 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
29602 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
29603 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
29604 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
29605 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
29608 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
29612 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
29613 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
29614 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
29615 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
29616 internal signal initializations (menu).
29618 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
29619 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
29620 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
29622 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
29623 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
29624 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
29625 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
29626 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
29627 in subsequent paste operations.)
29629 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
29630 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
29631 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
29634 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
29635 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
29636 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
29637 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
29638 association list with formals).
29641 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
29642 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
29643 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
29644 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
29645 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
29646 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
29647 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
29648 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
29653 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
29657 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
29661 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
29662 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
29663 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
29665 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
29666 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
29669 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
29670 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
29671 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
29672 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
29674 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
29675 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
29676 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
29678 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
29679 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
29680 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
29681 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
29683 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
29684 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
29685 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
29686 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
29687 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
29689 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
29690 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
29691 required by secondary units.
29694 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
29695 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
29696 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
29697 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
29698 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
29699 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
29700 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
29701 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
29702 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
29703 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
29704 inputs to this component -> input port created
29705 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
29706 outputs from this component -> output port created
29707 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
29708 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
29710 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
29711 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
29712 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
29713 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
29714 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
29716 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
29717 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
29719 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
29720 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
29721 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
29722 component instantiation is also supported (option
29723 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
29725 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
29726 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
29727 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
29728 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
29729 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
29730 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
29731 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
29732 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
29733 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
29734 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
29735 | generating the configuration.
29737 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
29738 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
29739 | configurations in speedbar.
29741 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
29744 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
29745 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
29746 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
29747 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
29748 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
29749 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
29750 information. New compilers can be added.
29752 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
29753 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
29756 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
29757 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
29758 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
29759 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
29760 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
29762 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
29765 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
29766 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
29767 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
29769 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
29770 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
29771 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
29772 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
29773 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
29774 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
29775 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
29778 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
29779 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
29780 not (yet) supported.
29781 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
29782 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
29783 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
29787 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
29788 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
29789 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
29790 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
29791 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
29792 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
29793 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
29794 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
29796 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
29797 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
29798 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
29799 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
29800 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
29801 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
29802 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
29803 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
29804 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
29805 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
29806 `vhdl-project-alist'.
29810 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
29811 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
29812 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
29813 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
29814 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
29815 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
29816 current directory for VHDL source files.
29820 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
29821 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
29825 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
29826 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
29827 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
29828 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
29829 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
29830 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
29831 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
29832 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
29835 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
29836 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
29837 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
29838 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
29839 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
29840 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
29841 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
29843 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
29844 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
29845 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
29846 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
29847 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
29848 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
29850 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
29851 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
29852 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
29853 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
29854 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
29857 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
29858 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
29859 highlighted if written in lower case.
29861 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
29862 highlighted using a different background color if option
29863 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
29865 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
29866 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
29867 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
29868 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
29869 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
29873 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
29874 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
29875 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
29879 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
29880 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
29881 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
29882 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
29883 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
29887 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
29888 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
29890 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
29891 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
29892 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
29893 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
29894 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
29895 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
29896 (used to obtain the port names).
29900 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
29901 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
29905 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
29906 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
29907 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
29908 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
29909 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
29910 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
29911 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
29916 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
29917 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
29918 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
29919 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
29920 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
29922 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
29923 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
29924 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
29925 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
29926 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
29929 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
29930 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
29934 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
29935 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
29936 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
29938 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
29942 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
29943 a VHDL file first, use the command:
29945 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
29947 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
29949 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
29953 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
29959 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
29960 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29962 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
29964 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
29965 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
29966 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
29967 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
29969 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
29970 http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
29971 where the latest version can be found.
29977 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
29978 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
29979 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
29982 The VHDL Mode Authors
29983 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
29994 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (17102 18541))
29995 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
29997 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
29998 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
29999 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
30000 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
30002 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
30003 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
30004 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
30005 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
30006 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
30008 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
30009 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
30011 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
30013 * Limitations and unsupported features
30014 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
30016 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
30017 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
30020 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
30021 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
30022 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
30023 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
30024 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
30025 for undoing a repeated change command.
30026 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
30027 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
30028 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
30031 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
30032 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
30033 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
30034 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
30035 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
30036 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
30037 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
30038 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
30040 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
30046 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
30047 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
30048 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
30049 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (17102 18783))
30050 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30052 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
30053 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30055 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30057 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
30058 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30059 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30060 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30062 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30064 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
30065 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30069 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
30070 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30071 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30072 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30074 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30076 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
30077 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30081 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" "\
30084 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30086 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" "\
30089 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30093 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
30094 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
30095 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (17385
30097 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30099 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30100 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30101 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30102 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30104 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
30106 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
30107 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30108 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30109 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30110 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30111 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30112 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30114 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30118 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
30119 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30120 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
30121 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30122 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30123 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30124 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30125 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30127 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30131 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
30132 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30133 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
30134 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30135 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30136 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30137 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30138 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30140 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30144 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
30145 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30146 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30147 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30148 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30149 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30150 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30152 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30154 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30155 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
30156 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30158 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30160 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
30161 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30162 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
30163 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30164 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30165 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30166 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30167 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30169 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30171 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30172 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
30173 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30175 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30177 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
30178 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30179 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
30180 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30181 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30182 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30183 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30184 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30186 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30188 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30189 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
30190 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30192 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30194 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
30195 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30196 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
30198 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
30199 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
30200 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
30203 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
30204 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
30205 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
30206 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
30207 commands default to a repeat count of one.
30209 H, h, ? This message.
30210 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30211 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30212 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30213 > move to the end of buffer.
30214 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30215 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30216 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30217 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30218 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30219 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30220 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30221 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30222 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30223 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30224 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30225 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30226 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30227 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30228 Use this to view a changing file.
30229 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
30230 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30231 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30233 x exchanges point and mark.
30234 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
30235 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30236 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30237 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
30238 ' go to position saved in character register.
30239 s do forward incremental search.
30240 r do reverse incremental search.
30241 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30242 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30243 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
30244 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30245 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30246 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
30247 p searches backward for last regular expression.
30248 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30249 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30250 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
30251 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30252 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30253 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30254 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30255 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30256 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30257 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30259 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
30260 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30261 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30262 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30263 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30264 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30265 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30266 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30267 then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30269 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30271 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30273 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
30274 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
30275 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
30276 `view-return-to-alist'.
30277 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
30278 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
30279 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
30281 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
30282 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
30283 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
30284 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
30285 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
30287 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
30288 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
30289 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
30290 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
30292 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30294 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30296 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
30298 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
30299 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
30305 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (17385
30307 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
30309 (autoload (quote vip-setup) "vip" "\
30310 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
30314 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
30315 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
30321 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
30322 ;;;;;; (17726 28398))
30323 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
30325 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
30326 Toggle Viper on/off.
30327 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
30331 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
30332 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Viper'.
30338 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
30339 ;;;;;; (17495 43954))
30340 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
30342 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
30343 Function to generate warning prefixes.
30344 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
30345 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
30346 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
30347 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
30348 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
30349 the beginning of the warning.")
30351 (defvar warning-series nil "\
30352 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
30353 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
30354 which is the start of the current series; it means that
30355 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
30356 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
30357 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
30358 also call that function before the next warning.")
30360 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
30361 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
30363 (defvar warning-type-format " (%s)" "\
30364 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
30365 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
30366 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
30368 (autoload (quote display-warning) "warnings" "\
30369 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
30370 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30371 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30372 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
30373 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
30375 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30376 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30377 Default is :warning.
30379 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30380 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30381 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
30382 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
30383 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
30384 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30386 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging the
30387 warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'.
30389 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
30391 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
30392 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
30394 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
30396 (autoload (quote lwarn) "warnings" "\
30397 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30398 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30399 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
30401 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30402 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30403 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
30404 can be whatever you like.)
30406 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30407 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30409 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30410 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30411 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
30412 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
30413 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30415 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30417 (autoload (quote warn) "warnings" "\
30418 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30419 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30420 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
30421 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
30423 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30427 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
30428 ;;;;;; (17613 21909))
30429 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
30431 (autoload (quote wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "\
30432 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
30433 \\<wdired-mode-map>
30434 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
30435 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
30444 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (17385 8495))
30445 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
30447 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
30448 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
30450 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
30453 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
30460 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
30461 ;;;;;; (17608 57530))
30462 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
30463 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
30464 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
30466 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode))
30468 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
30469 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
30470 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
30471 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30472 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-function-mode'.")
30474 (custom-autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" nil)
30476 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\
30477 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
30478 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
30479 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
30481 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
30484 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30488 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-write-file-hook whitespace-global-mode
30489 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup-region whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region
30490 ;;;;;; whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check
30491 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-indent-check whitespace-toggle-trailing-check
30492 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "whitespace.el"
30493 ;;;;;; (17645 64048))
30494 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
30496 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
30497 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer.
30501 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
30502 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer.
30506 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
30507 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer.
30511 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
30512 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer.
30516 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
30517 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer.
30521 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
30522 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
30524 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
30525 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
30526 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
30527 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
30528 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
30530 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
30532 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
30533 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument.
30535 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
30537 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
30538 Check the region for whitespace errors.
30542 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
30543 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
30544 It normally applies to the whole buffer, but in Transient Mark mode
30545 when the mark is active it applies to the region.
30546 See `whitespace-buffer' docstring for a summary of the problems.
30550 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
30551 Whitespace cleanup on the region.
30555 (defalias (quote global-whitespace-mode) (quote whitespace-global-mode))
30557 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
30558 Non-nil if Whitespace-Global mode is enabled.
30559 See the command `whitespace-global-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
30560 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30561 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30562 or call the function `whitespace-global-mode'.")
30564 (custom-autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" nil)
30566 (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\
30567 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
30568 With ARG, turn the mode on iff ARG is positive.
30570 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
30571 `find-file-hook' and `kill-buffer-hook'.
30573 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30575 (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\
30576 Hook function to be called on the buffer when whitespace check is enabled.
30577 This is meant to be added buffer-locally to `write-file-functions'.
30583 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
30584 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (17385 8488))
30585 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
30587 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
30588 Browse the widget under point.
30592 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
30593 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
30595 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
30597 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
30598 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
30600 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
30602 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
30603 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
30604 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
30606 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30610 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
30611 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (17709
30613 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
30615 (autoload (quote widgetp) "wid-edit" "\
30616 Return non-nil iff WIDGET is a widget.
30618 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
30620 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
30621 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
30622 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
30624 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
30626 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
30627 Create widget of TYPE.
30628 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
30630 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30632 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
30635 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
30637 (autoload (quote widget-insert) "wid-edit" "\
30638 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
30640 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30642 (defalias (quote advertised-widget-backward) (quote widget-backward))
30644 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote widget-forward)) (define-key map "
\e " (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [(shift tab)] (quote advertised-widget-backward)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map "
" (quote widget-button-press)) map) "\
30645 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
30646 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
30648 (autoload (quote widget-setup) "wid-edit" "\
30649 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
30655 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
30656 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (17385
30658 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
30660 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
30661 Select the window to the left of the current one.
30662 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30663 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
30664 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
30665 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
30666 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30668 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30670 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
30671 Select the window above the current one.
30672 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
30673 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
30674 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
30675 negative ARG) of the current window.
30676 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30678 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30680 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
30681 Select the window to the right of the current one.
30682 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30683 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
30684 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
30685 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
30686 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30688 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30690 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
30691 Select the window below the current one.
30692 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30693 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
30694 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
30695 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
30696 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30698 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30700 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
30701 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
30702 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
30703 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
30705 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
30709 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
30710 ;;;;;; (17385 8488))
30711 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
30713 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
30714 Toggle Winner mode.
30715 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30716 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
30718 (custom-autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner")
30720 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
30721 Toggle Winner mode.
30722 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
30724 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30728 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
30729 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (17714 34820))
30730 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
30732 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
30733 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
30734 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
30735 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
30736 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
30737 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
30738 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
30739 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
30741 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
30742 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
30744 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
30746 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
30747 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
30751 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
30752 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
30753 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
30754 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
30755 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
30756 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
30757 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
30758 `woman' command for further details.
30760 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
30764 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
30765 ;;;;;; (17385 8492))
30766 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
30768 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
30769 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
30772 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
30773 are not implemented
30774 - Options for search and replace
30775 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
30776 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
30778 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
30781 The key bindings are:
30791 C-i indent-for-tab-command
30793 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
30794 C-l ws-repeat-search
30797 C-r scroll-down-line
30804 C-y kill-complete-line
30807 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
30808 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
30809 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
30810 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
30811 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
30812 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
30813 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
30814 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
30815 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
30816 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
30817 C-k b ws-begin-block
30818 C-k c ws-copy-block
30819 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
30821 C-k h ws-show-markers
30822 C-k i ws-indent-block
30824 C-k p ws-print-block
30827 C-k s save-some-buffers
30829 C-k u ws-exdent-block
30830 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
30831 C-k v ws-move-block
30832 C-k w ws-write-block
30834 C-k y ws-delete-block
30836 C-o c wordstar-center-line
30837 C-o b switch-to-buffer
30838 C-o j justify-current-line
30841 C-o m auto-fill-mode
30842 C-o r set-fill-column
30843 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
30844 C-o wd delete-other-windows
30845 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
30846 C-o wo other-window
30847 C-o wv split-window-vertically
30849 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
30850 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
30851 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
30852 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
30853 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
30854 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
30855 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
30856 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
30857 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
30858 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
30859 C-q a ws-query-replace
30860 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
30861 C-q c end-of-buffer
30864 C-q k ws-to-block-end
30866 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
30867 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
30868 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
30869 C-q w ws-last-error
30871 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
30877 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
30878 ;;;;;; (17607 45512))
30879 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
30881 (autoload (quote xml-parse-file) "xml" "\
30882 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
30883 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
30884 Returns the top node with all its children.
30885 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
30886 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
30888 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
30890 (autoload (quote xml-parse-region) "xml" "\
30891 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
30892 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
30893 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
30894 is not well-formed XML.
30895 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
30896 and returned as the first element of the list.
30897 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
30899 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
30903 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (17385
30905 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
30907 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
30908 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
30909 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
30910 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30911 use either \\[customize] or the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
30913 (custom-autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse")
30915 (put (quote xterm-mouse-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
30917 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
30918 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
30919 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
30921 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
30922 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
30923 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
30924 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
30925 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
30926 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
30928 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30932 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
30933 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (17385 8494))
30934 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
30936 (autoload (quote yenc-decode-region) "yenc" "\
30937 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
30939 \(fn START END)" t nil)
30941 (autoload (quote yenc-extract-filename) "yenc" "\
30942 Extract file name from an yenc header.
30948 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
30949 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (17385 8495))
30950 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
30952 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
30953 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
30955 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
30957 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
30958 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
30960 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
30962 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
30963 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
30964 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
30966 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
30968 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
30969 Zippy goes to the analyst.
30975 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (17385 8495))
30976 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
30978 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
30979 Zone out, completely.
30985 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("bindings.el" "buff-menu.el" "calc/calc-aent.el"
30986 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el"
30987 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el"
30988 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-ext.el" "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el"
30989 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el"
30990 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el"
30991 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
30992 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
30993 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el"
30994 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el"
30995 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el"
30996 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
30997 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
30998 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
30999 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-china.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
31000 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el"
31001 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el"
31002 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el"
31003 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-x.el" "case-table.el" "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el"
31004 ;;;;;; "cus-load.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el" "dframe.el" "dos-fns.el"
31005 ;;;;;; "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el" "ediff-init.el"
31006 ;;;;;; "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el" "ediff-wind.el"
31007 ;;;;;; "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
31008 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el"
31009 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
31010 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el"
31011 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el"
31012 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el"
31013 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el" "emacs-lisp/lselect.el"
31014 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el" "emacs-lisp/regi.el"
31015 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
31016 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el"
31017 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
31018 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
31019 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
31020 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
31021 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "env.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el"
31022 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el" "erc/erc-menu.el"
31023 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-nicklist.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
31024 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
31025 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
31026 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
31027 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
31028 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el"
31029 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el"
31030 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-module.el"
31031 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el"
31032 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "faces.el" "files.el" "finder-inf.el"
31033 ;;;;;; "foldout.el" "font-core.el" "font-lock.el" "format.el" "forms-d2.el"
31034 ;;;;;; "forms-pass.el" "frame.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el"
31035 ;;;;;; "gnus/dig.el" "gnus/dns.el" "gnus/format-spec.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
31036 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
31037 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
31038 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-gl.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
31039 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
31040 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
31041 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
31042 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/hex-util.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
31043 ;;;;;; "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
31044 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
31045 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
31046 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el"
31047 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el"
31048 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndb.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
31049 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
31050 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el"
31051 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el"
31052 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
31053 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/nnwfm.el" "gnus/pop3.el"
31054 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el"
31055 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el"
31056 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el"
31057 ;;;;;; "help.el" "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/fontset.el"
31058 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
31059 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/latin-1.el"
31060 ;;;;;; "international/latin-2.el" "international/latin-3.el" "international/latin-4.el"
31061 ;;;;;; "international/latin-5.el" "international/latin-8.el" "international/latin-9.el"
31062 ;;;;;; "international/mule-cmds.el" "international/mule-conf.el"
31063 ;;;;;; "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/subst-big5.el"
31064 ;;;;;; "international/subst-gb2312.el" "international/subst-jis.el"
31065 ;;;;;; "international/subst-ksc.el" "international/ucs-tables.el"
31066 ;;;;;; "international/utf-16.el" "international/utf-8.el" "isearch.el"
31067 ;;;;;; "jit-lock.el" "jka-cmpr-hook.el" "kermit.el" "language/chinese.el"
31068 ;;;;;; "language/cyrillic.el" "language/czech.el" "language/devanagari.el"
31069 ;;;;;; "language/english.el" "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el"
31070 ;;;;;; "language/georgian.el" "language/greek.el" "language/hebrew.el"
31071 ;;;;;; "language/indian.el" "language/japanese.el" "language/kannada.el"
31072 ;;;;;; "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el" "language/malayalam.el"
31073 ;;;;;; "language/misc-lang.el" "language/romanian.el" "language/slovak.el"
31074 ;;;;;; "language/tamil.el" "language/thai-word.el" "language/thai.el"
31075 ;;;;;; "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el"
31076 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el"
31077 ;;;;;; "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el"
31078 ;;;;;; "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/uce.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el"
31079 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el"
31080 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el"
31081 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el"
31082 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el" "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el"
31083 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el" "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el"
31084 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el" "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el"
31085 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el" "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el"
31086 ;;;;;; "misc.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse-drag.el" "mouse.el" "net/eudc-vars.el"
31087 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el"
31088 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/tls.el"
31089 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-util.el" "net/tramp-uu.el"
31090 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-vc.el" "net/trampver.el" "obsolete/awk-mode.el"
31091 ;;;;;; "obsolete/bg-mouse.el" "obsolete/float.el" "obsolete/hilit19.el"
31092 ;;;;;; "obsolete/iso-insert.el" "obsolete/iso-swed.el" "obsolete/keyswap.el"
31093 ;;;;;; "obsolete/mlsupport.el" "obsolete/ooutline.el" "obsolete/profile.el"
31094 ;;;;;; "obsolete/rnews.el" "obsolete/sc.el" "obsolete/sun-curs.el"
31095 ;;;;;; "obsolete/sun-fns.el" "obsolete/swedish.el" "obsolete/uncompress.el"
31096 ;;;;;; "obsolete/x-apollo.el" "obsolete/x-menu.el" "patcomp.el"
31097 ;;;;;; "paths.el" "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el"
31098 ;;;;;; "pgg-def.el" "pgg-parse.el" "pgg-pgp.el" "pgg-pgp5.el" "play/gamegrid.el"
31099 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
31100 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
31101 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el"
31102 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el"
31103 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el"
31104 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el"
31105 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el" "progmodes/idlw-help.el"
31106 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el"
31107 ;;;;;; "register.el" "replace.el" "rfn-eshadow.el" "s-region.el"
31108 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el"
31109 ;;;;;; "soundex.el" "startup.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "term/AT386.el"
31110 ;;;;;; "term/apollo.el" "term/bobcat.el" "term/cygwin.el" "term/internal.el"
31111 ;;;;;; "term/iris-ansi.el" "term/linux.el" "term/lk201.el" "term/mac-win.el"
31112 ;;;;;; "term/news.el" "term/pc-win.el" "term/rxvt.el" "term/sun-mouse.el"
31113 ;;;;;; "term/sun.el" "term/sup-mouse.el" "term/tty-colors.el" "term/tvi970.el"
31114 ;;;;;; "term/vt100.el" "term/vt102.el" "term/vt125.el" "term/vt200.el"
31115 ;;;;;; "term/vt201.el" "term/vt220.el" "term/vt240.el" "term/vt300.el"
31116 ;;;;;; "term/vt320.el" "term/vt400.el" "term/vt420.el" "term/w32-win.el"
31117 ;;;;;; "term/wyse50.el" "term/x-win.el" "term/xterm.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
31118 ;;;;;; "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/page.el"
31119 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
31120 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el"
31121 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el"
31122 ;;;;;; "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "uniquify.el"
31123 ;;;;;; "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
31124 ;;;;;; "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-history.el"
31125 ;;;;;; "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
31126 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "url/vc-dav.el" "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el"
31127 ;;;;;; "version.el" "vms-patch.el" "vmsproc.el" "vt-control.el"
31128 ;;;;;; "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "widget.el" "window.el"
31129 ;;;;;; "x-dnd.el") (17730 9235 499010))
31133 ;; Local Variables:
31134 ;; version-control: never
31135 ;; no-byte-compile: t
31136 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
31138 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here